pikes peak multi use plan
TRANSCRIPT
![Page 1: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/1.jpg)
![Page 2: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/2.jpg)
September 1999
Prepared by:
Design Workshop, Inc.
1390 Lawrence Street, Suite 200
Denver, Colorado 80204
Prepared for:
Colorado Springs Utilities
30 South Nevada Avenue, Suite 703
Colorado Springs, Colorado 80903
U.S. Forest Service
Pikes Peak Ranger District
601 South Weber Street
Colorado Springs, Colorado 80903
Funded in part by:
Great Outdoors Colorado
![Page 3: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/3.jpg)
Colorado Springs Utilities - Water Resources
U.S. Forest Service Pikes Peak Ranger District
Bureau of Land Management
El Paso County
Teller County
Colorado Division of Wildlife
Colorado State Forest Service
City of Manitou Springs
City of Woodland Park
Town of Cripple Creek
Town of Green Mountain Falls
Town of Victor
Pikes Peak - America’s Mountain
Colorado Springs Parks
Lead ConsultantsDesign Workshop, Inc.
Denver
Sub ConsultantsThomas and Thomas
Colorado Springs
Colorado Natural Heritage ProgramFort Collins
Felsburg Holt & UllevigDenver
Montgomery WatsonDenver
Erik OlgeirsonDenver
CTMBoulder
Black & Veatch
![Page 4: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/4.jpg)
........................................i
.........................................................1
Project Context and Significance
Managing Partners
Vision
Goals
Document Organization and Intended Use
.........................................9
Public Involvement Organization
Inventory and Analysis
Program Definition
Alternative Designs
Preferred Alternative
Master Plan Documentation
.............................37
Regional Concepts
Projects
Resource Elements
![Page 5: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/5.jpg)
....................73
Leaders of the Vision
Managing Partners
Non-Profit Foundation
Land Use Management Strategy
Landscape Management Guidelines
.................99
Implementation Priorities
Plan Adoption and Approval
Cooperative Working Agreements
Tools for Resource Protection
.................................................................117
![Page 6: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/6.jpg)
A-1 Framework Diagram.................................................................................ii
A-2 CAG Summary of Confidence Survey........................................iii
A-3 Colorado Springs Local Connections to Regional
Concepts..........................................................................................................iv
A-4 Management Objectives for Stream Crossings......................iv
1-1 Managing Partners Collaboration....................................................4
1-2 Ownership and Jurisdiction Zones.................................................5
2-1 The Planning Process.............................................................................10
2-2 Opportunity Map - Stewardship Issues...................................17
2-3 Opportunity Map - Community Issues...................................18
2-4 Opportunity Map - Economic Issues........................................19
2-5 Carrying Capacity Map........................................................................20
2-6 Land Uses and Capacity Fit Modified Delphi Survey
Results..............................................................................................................21
Source: Colorado Springs Utilities - Water Resources
![Page 7: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/7.jpg)
2-7 Weighted Capacity Criteria.................................................................21
2-8 Alternative A - Stewardship Scenario........................................22
2-9 Alternative B - Community/Recreation Scenario...............23
2-10 Alternative C - Economic Scenario..............................................24
2-11 Charrette Program Assignments Matrix....................................25
2-12 Alternative Synthesis..............................................................................26
2-13 AB Alternative Futures Scenario....................................................26
2-14 BC Alternative Futures Scenario....................................................27
2-15 Resource Impact Analysis Survey.................................................30
2-16 CAG Summary of Confidence Survey.......................................31
2-17 Model Comparison Matrix................................................................36
3-1 Framework Diagram..............................................................................38
3-2 Limited Use Areas Context Map....................................................39
3-3 Restoration Zones Context Map....................................................39
3-4 Buffer Zones Context Map.................................................................40
3-5 Gateways Context Map........................................................................40
3-6 Scenic Loop Context Map..................................................................41
3-7 Access Portals Context Map..............................................................41
3-8 Perimeter Loop Trail Context Map...............................................42
3-9 Recreation Use Centers Context Map.........................................42
3-10 Recreation Use Center and Locations.........................................42
3-11 Interpretive Centers Context Map.................................................43
3-12 Interpretive Centers and Locations...............................................43
3-13 Alternative Routes to the Summit.................................................44
3-14 Regional Visitors Center Context Map.......................................45
3-15 Manitou Springs Gateway Context Map.................................46
3-16 Manitou Springs Gateway Local Connections to Regional
Concepts.........................................................................................................46
3-17 Cascade Gateway Context Map......................................................47
3-18 Cascade Gateway Local Connections to Regional
Concepts.........................................................................................................47
![Page 8: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/8.jpg)
3-19 Green Mountain Falls Gateway Context Map......................48
3-20 Green Mountain Falls Gateway Local Connections to
Regional Concepts...................................................................................48
3-21 Woodland Park Gateway Context Map....................................49
3-22 Woodland Park Gateway Local Connections to Regional
Concepts.........................................................................................................49
3-23 Colorado Springs Gateway Context Map................................50
3-24 Colorado Springs Gateway Local Connections to
Regional Concepts...................................................................................30
3-25 Cripple Creek & Victor Gateway Context Map...................51
3-26 Cripple Creek & Victor Gateway Local Connections to
Regional Concepts...................................................................................51
3-27 Divide Gateway Context Map.........................................................52
3 - 2 8 Divide Gateway Local Connections to Re g i o na l
C o n c e p t s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 2
3-29 Gillett Gateway Context Map...........................................................53
3 - 3 0 Gillett Gateway Local Connections to Re g i o na l
C o n c e p t s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 3
3-31 Chipita Park Portal Context Map..................................................54
3-32 Chipita Park Portal Local Connections to Regional
Concepts.........................................................................................................54
3-33 Catamount Ranch Open Space Portal Context Map.......54
3-34 Expanded Barr Camp Portal Context Map.............................55
3-35 Crags Campground Portal Context Map..................................55
3-36 Mueller State Park Portal Context Map....................................55
3-37 South Slope Portal Context Map...................................................56
3-38 Limited Use Areas off the Trail Corridor..................................56
3-39 Wye Campground Portal Context Map....................................56
3-40 Backcountry Portal Context Map..................................................57
3-41 Cheyenne Canyon Portal Context Map....................................58
3-42 Gold Camp Road Context Map.....................................................58
3-43 Pikes Peak Highway Context Map................................................59
![Page 9: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/9.jpg)
4-1 Recommended Management Structure......................................76
4-2 Potential Land Use in Carrying Capacity Zones..................79
4-3 Wetland Types and their Locations..............................................81
4-4 Management Objectives for Stream Crossings.....................84
4-5 Stream-side Plant Communities.....................................................84
4-6 Wildlife and Trails Checklist..............................................................87
4-7 Potential Conservation Areas...........................................................91
4-8 Bridge Construction in Floodplains.............................................92
4-9 Standards for Single Lane Packed Gravel/Dirt Road.......94
4-10 Trail Construction....................................................................................94
5-1 Local Jurisdictions and Agencies Context Map.................104
5-2 Responsibility Matrix..........................................................................105
5-3 Examples of a Signage Program..................................................108
5-4 Funding Sources Legend for Acronyms.................................116
![Page 10: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/10.jpg)
Pikes Peak Regional Vision Plan............................................after page 38
Carrying Capacity Map................................................................after page 76
Potential Wetlands...........................................................................after page 80
Riparian Vegetation Areas..........................................................after page 84
Wildlife Values....................................................................................after page 88
Floodplain.............................................................................................after page 90
Erosion Potential..............................................................................after page 92
Fire and Hazard................................................................................after page 94
Unique Natural Communities.................................................after page 98
Funding Sources Matrix...........................................................after page 116
Source: Design Workshop, Inc.
![Page 11: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/11.jpg)
Pikes Peak is a public landscape of national prominence in which a balance
between preservation of critical water and other natural resources, and desires for
recreational access demanded a comprehensive regional planning effort. The local
division of the U.S. Forest Service, Pikes Peak Ranger District, and Colorado Springs
Utilities recognized the need for a balance, and as co-stewards of Pikes Peak, are
cognizant of the need to balance the demands for recreation and access with the
responsibility to prevent further loss and degradation of the mountain’s natural
resources. For this reason, the planning intentions, approach and products for the
Pikes Peak Multi-Use Plan are based on strong public involvement to achieve a new
standard. The effort to develop the Pikes Peak Multi-Use Plan was directed by the
Managing Partners, a group composed of all resource management agencies and
local municipalities throughout the 168 square mile planning area. The Managing
Partners are listed below. The Pikes Peak Multi-Use Plan is a long-range vision that
will continually be updated overtime so that it remains useful and correct.
The process succeeded at engaging unprecedented public participation through the
Citizen's Advisory Group (CAG) scheduled public meetings. Complex resource
planning issues were addressed by a Technical Advisory Group of local resource
Source: Design Workshop, Inc.
![Page 12: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/12.jpg)
p lanners very knowledgeable about the
p lanning area. The Re g i o nal Vi s i o n
P lan, a product of the Multi-Use Pla n ,
gained broad support from pa r t i c i pa n t s
with 94 percent of the Citizen's
Advisory Group endorsing the plan.
The purpose of the study is to
establish a vision and a set of
guidelines that directs and maintains a
program to prevent damaging the
existing natural resources. The Pikes
Peak Multi-Use Plan is a vision for the
Pikes Peak region based upon common
community values. The vision for the
Pikes Peak Multi-Use Plan is to
a c c o m m odate recreational activity
while simultaneously protecting na t u r a l
and cultural resources of the mountain
for future generations. The vision was
thoroughly tested during the pla n n i n g
p r ocess and the Re g i o nal Vision Pla n
connects the vision with practical
strategies for implementation and
m a nagement. This document, the Pikes
Peak Multi-Use Plan, is composed of a
p lanning process description, a
Re g i o nal Vision Plan, and Mana g e m e n t
and Implementation Strategies.
Collectively, the components of the
Pikes Peak Multi-Use Plan offer a
common vision and management
philosophy for the future that are
consistent for both public and private
lands within the planning area. The
various regional concepts, local
projects and resource elements
combine to form a system that
integrates existing local facilities with
the Pikes Peak vision. The Summit and
surrounding Pikes Peak region is
viewed as a resource with multiple
land use opportunities. The Multi-Us e
P lan is a framework of routes,
g a t e w ays, portals and recreation use
centers that are linked to provide access
and recreational opportunities while
preserving critical natural resources.
Figure A-1 demonstrates this system.
This planning process used a
c o m p r e h e n s i ve public invo l ve m e n t
strategy that included public surve y s
and meetings, a Citizen's Ad v i s o r y
Group, newsletters, and a web site.
Through these means, this proc e s s
collected a clear expression of
community values about the Pikes
Peak region. Because the effort
i n vo l ved multiple resources and
complex planning issues, the approach
included a Technical Advisory Group
( TAG) to help discern the intricacies
through defensible expert assessments.
Managing Partners
• Colorado Springs Utilities - Water
Resources
• U.S. Forest Service Pikes Peak
Ranger District
• Bureau of Land Management
• El Paso County
• Teller County
• Colorado Division of Wildlife
• Colorado State Forest Service
• City of Manitou Springs
• City of Woodland Park
• Town of Cripple Creek
• Town of Green Mountain Falls
• Town of Victor
• Pikes Peak America’s Mountain
• Colorado Springs Parks
Figure A-1Framework DiagramSource: Design Workshop, Inc.
![Page 13: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/13.jpg)
A detailed inventory of natural and
cultural resources, the Pikes Peak Atlas,
was collected and published to readily
answer complex questions. A
sophisticated analysis process defined
most appropriate locations for
recreational, economic and
environmental stewardship uses and
o p portunities. A Carrying Capa c i t y
a nalysis defined the ability of the
la n d s c a pe to support these multiple la n d
uses. The Carrying Capacity Map is a
t ool for long-range mana g e m e n t .
The development of the Pikes Peak
Regional Vision Plan included creating
and testing a range of future scenarios
and a refinement process that
considered both public desires and
potential impacts. Public satisfaction
with the final Regional Vision Plan was
evaluated by giving a Confidence
Survey to the Citizen's Advisory Group.
While the composition of the CAG
included diverse interests such as the
Sierra Club and motorized trail
advocates, 94 percent responded that
the plan was a good or very good
representation of the group’s input. All
major concepts in the Regional Vision
Plan were publically evaluated for their
appropriateness and the average for all
concepts combined was an 86 percent
approval by the CAG. The confidence
survey results are shown in Figure A-2.
To ensure that the Regional Vision Plan
will be implemented and managed
effectively, research determined the most
appropriate management model based
on advantages and disadvantages of
several model types. A prioritized list of
projects has been developed that
included potential implementation
Figure A-2CAG Summary of Confidence Survey
Question Yes
• Should CAG have long term involvement? 97%
• Support for Back Country Portal 97%
• Do you support the concept of the Regional Visitor Center? 95%
• Is Plan a good representation of those that participated? 94%
• Support for Local Access Portal at Colorado Springs 94%
• Support for Catamount Portal 94%
• Support for Perimeter Loop Trail 94%
• Support for Alternative Routes to Peak 94%
• Support for Restoration Areas 89%
•, Support for Biological Connectedness 89%
• Support for expanding Crags Campground 88%
• Support for Limited Use Areas 86%
• Would you participate again in the long-term effort 85%
• Support for Equestrian Center at Mueller State Park 85%
• Support for combined access for Barr Trail and COG 80%
• Support for South Slope Portal 79%
• Support for New Summit House 79%
• Support for Motorized Area 75%
• Support for Auto Touring Loop (Scenic Loop) 69%
• Support for Lower Gold Camp as a road 56%
• Overall 86%
![Page 14: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/14.jpg)
participants. A tool kit of
implementation mechanisms are
discussed outlining federal, state and
local scales of implementation.
The Regional Vision Plan includes both
a map depicting the physical
components as well as a description for
each major potential project and how it
contributes to the whole vision, a Visitor
Center, Scenic Loop, Perimeter Loop
Trail, Gateway Portals. Interpretive and
Recreation Use Centers and alternative
routes to the Peak. Projects at the local
scale provide detail that identifies the
local implication of these major
potential projects. These projects may
require a National Environmental
Protection Agency (NEPA) process and
documentation. Community parks and
trail plans have been represented to
demonstrate the opportunities for every
community to connect existing facilities
with the Regional Vision Plan. Figure A-
3 shows connections between local
facilities and the Regional Vision Plan.
The Management Strategy begins with a
recommended management framework:
a hybrid of the Non-Profit and
Independent Model. The various
Managing Partners would continue to
manage their lands independently while
being supported by a non-profit
organization focused on coordination
and implementation of the Regional
Vision Plan.
To facilitate common management
objectives for both public and private
lands, the remaining management
chapter discusses landscape
management guidelines. These issues
include: Wetlands, Riparian Areas,
Wildlife, Erosion Prone Areas, Fire
Figure A-4
Management Objectives for
Stream CrossingsSource: Design Workshop, Inc.
Figure A-3
Colorado Springs Local
Connections to Regional Concepts
Source: Thomas & Thomas
![Page 15: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/15.jpg)
Hazard Areas and Conservation. As an
example, management objectives for
wetlands are illustrated in Figure A-4.
The Implementation Strategy begins
with a prioritized list of concepts and
projects to make this Multi-Use Plan
attainable. These implementation
priorities become the action steps
needed to achieve the Regional Vision
Plan. A discussion of each project is
followed by a potential list of
participating agencies and jurisdictions.
Various implementation tools from
federal, state and local agencies are
suggested with detailed information
provided in the Appendix. Potential
funding sources based upon the type of
development considered is included.
The Pikes Peak Multi-Use Plan is the
result of a concerted effort by the
natural resource and recreation
stewards of the Pikes Peak region, the
M a naging Partners of this Plan. Th e i r
foresight was two-fold. First, the
continued increased use of the Pe a k ’ s
r e c r e a t i o nal opportunities cha l l e n g e s
the recognized need to continue and in
some cases increase the protection of
s e n s i t i ve natural resources that be n e f i t
both recreationists and the surrounding
u r ban communities. As the region’s
po p u lation continues to increase,
recreation and natural resource
protection needs must work
symbiotically to find new solutions and
i n n ov a t i ve colla boration. Second, the
primary land owners of the Pikes Pe a k
region, Colorado Springs Utilities and
the U.S. Forest Service Pikes Pe a k
Ranger District recognized the Multi-
Use Plan must be genuinely informed
by the stakeholders and surrounding
communities for the Plan to be via b l e
at all governing leve l s .
![Page 16: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/16.jpg)
The allure and beauty of Pikes Peak has been well known and
d ocumented since Zebulon Pike “discovered” the peak in 1806. Th e
“great shining peak” was known to numerous indian tribes for two-
hundred years prior to the coming of the white man. Demands on
the resources of “America’s Mountain,” like America’s po p u la t i o n ,
are escalating -- demands for greater access, increased commercia l
and residential development, and more recreational opportunities.
The local division of the U.S. Forest Service, Pikes Peak Ranger
District and Colorado Springs Utilities recognize these pressures,
and as co-stewards of the majority of the land in the Pikes Peak
region, are cognizant of the need to balance the demands for
recreation and access with the responsibility to prevent further loss
and degradation of the mountain’s natural resources.
The Pikes Peak Multi-Use planning process strives to achieve a
ba lance between the demands for recreation and preservation of
Source: The Colorado Springs Convention and Visitors Bureau
![Page 17: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/17.jpg)
critical water and natural resources. Th e
p u r pose of the study is to establish a
vision and a set of guidelines that directs
and maintains a program that will preve n t
damage to the existing natural resources.
The mission of this endeavor is to
c o n s e r ve Pikes Peak, while enabling pru-
dent recreation use which does not cause
loss, decay, waste or injury to its resources.
Pikes Peak, the inspiration for America The
Beautiful, is located west of Colorado
Springs. It is surrounded by urban and
natural areas. The Pikes Peak planning
area totals approximately 168 square
miles, from Colorado Springs to Cripple
Creek. The U.S. Forest Service Pikes Peak
Ranger District, Bureau of Land
Management, Colorado Springs Utilities,
Colorado State Land Board and private
land owners all have property within
the study area. From the summit,
Denver is visible 70 miles to the north.
To the south, the Spanish Peaks and
Sangre de Cristo Mountains can be seen,
and to the west, the Sawatch and
Mosquito Ranges are visible. Geologic
history began approximately 300 million
years ago when Frontrangia, a segment
of the ancestral Rocky Mountains
located 30 to 50 miles to the west of the
modern-day Rockies, stopped rising.
Ancient rivers began to carry rocks and
debris from the shrinking mountain,
distributing them in alluvial fans over
the area where Colorado Springs is
today. A great sea covered Colorado for
the next 150 million years. Then,
approximately 60 million years ago, the
Rockies arose again and as a massive
dome grew at the site of Pikes Peak, it
tilted the horizontal rock layers along its
edges into vertical slabs, creating the
majestic peak we see today.
The great droughts of the thirteenth
century AD forced the Mesa Verde
people from their cliff dwellings to the
north in search of water and cooler
weather. It is believed that they knew
the “Great Shinning Peak.” They sought
water and hunting grounds. In the
Manitou area they found springs with
water and a pass (Ute Pass) that lead to
South Park where the high, cool
pastures supported big buffalo, deer, and
elk, and where streams were full of
beaver and fish.
For two hundred years prior to the
coming of the white man, a succession
of Indian tribes roamed through the
This plan is a manage-
ment tool for use in
addressing environmental
stewardship, watershed
quality and conservation,
recreation management
and urban growth.
Study Area Context MapSource: Design Workshop, Inc.
Pikes Peak from Garden of the God s .Source: The Colorado Springs Convention and Vi s i t o r s
B u r e a u
DENVER
COLORADOSPRINGS
![Page 18: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/18.jpg)
Pikes Peak region. The Ute Indians were
the first to roam the area in small bands
in search of buffalo for food, clothing,
and shelter. When out on the plains the
Ute Indians retreated from their enemies
to the base of Pikes Peak where they
built a series of small forts between Bear
Creek and Fountain Creek to protect
their pass into the mountains.
Many tribes lived on the plains near
Pikes Peak, including the Commanches
and the Kiowa who roamed the
mountains and the plains. The
Cheyenne Indians appeared in the
vicinity of Pikes Peak around 1850.
Although the Cheyenne traveled over
the plains to hunt buffalo, their favorite
camping ground was along Cheyenne
Creek, just south of the present City of
Colorado Springs.
Throughout human history, Pikes Peak
has been recognized as a beacon for
orientation and an icon for home. The
Ute tribe inhabited the Peak and areas
surrounding the Peak uncounted years
before Europeans reached the mountain.
It is the focus of their culture.
Zebulon Pike was the first white
explorer to record a sighting of the Peak,
later named in his honor. In November
1806, while following the Arkansas River
east of present-day Pueblo, he saw what
he described as a “small blue cloud''
high above the Plains. The first ascent
came just 14 years later, made by Dr.
Edwin James, a botanist with the Long
Expedition. In 1859, the mountain
gained its enduring place in history. The
gold rush brought thousands of fortune
hunters west in Conestoga wagons with
"Pikes Peak or Bust" emblazoned on the
sides. While most of the flake gold was
actually found 100 miles to the north,
near Central City, the rich ores of the
Peak proved to be a magnet for would-
be millionaires. In 1893 Katharine Lee
Bates penned the now-famous poem,
“America the Beautiful,” while teaching at
Colorado College. By the end of the 19th
Century, Colorado Springs, Manitou
Springs, Cripple Creek and Victor were
well established.
Following the designation of vast
acerages as the Pikes Peak Forest
Preserve (now Pike National Forest),
much of the area on the flanks of the
mountain began to be developed for
water supply collection and storage. U.S.
Congress set aside certain lands on Pikes
Peak in 1913 as a municipal water
supply reserve for the benefit of
Colorado Springs and Manitou Springs.
Pikes Peak Cog Railroad
Source: The Colorado Springs Convention and Visitors Bureau
![Page 19: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/19.jpg)
These were to be administered by the
U.S. Forest Service in cooperation with
the Cities for the purposes of storing
and conserving the water supply,
protecting the lands from pollution, and
preserving the timber on the lands to
accomplish these purposes. Today, the
Forest Service continues to administer
the lands, in c oo peration with the
Cities. The focus of this coo pe r a t i ve
effort is watershed protection,
preservation of wildlife habitat, forest
m a nagement, fire management, and
m a i n t e nance of the land in its na t u r a l
condition to the extent consistent with
these purpo s e s .
The Managing Partners are the client
group that guided the Pikes Peak Multi-
Use Process and Plan. The Partners are
agencies, cities and counties that have
resource responsibility within the
designated Pikes Peak area or are
influenced by all activities within the
area. The U.S. Forest Service Pikes Peak
Ranger District and Colorado Springs
Utilities, champions of the process, had
the foresight to recognize that the plan
would be most appreciated if all vested
Partners of the Pikes Peak area were
involved in the process of the plan.
Figure 1-1 shows how all Managing
Partners came together to shape the
vision of the Pikes Peak Multi-Use Plan.
Each Partner is charged with the local
implementation of the concepts and
projects in their jurisdictions.
The Partners represent regional
constituencies that include:
• Colorado Springs Utilities - Water
Resources
• U.S. Forest Service Pikes Peak Ranger
District
• Bureau of Land Management
• El Paso County
• Teller County
• Colorado Division of Wildlife
Zebulon Pike estimated
the mountain’s height at
20,000 feet (it is actually
14,110 feet).
Figure 1-1
Managing Partners CollaborationSource: Design Workshop, Inc.
![Page 20: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/20.jpg)
Agencies:
Bureau of Land Management - Royal Gorge Resource Management Plan, 1996
State of Colorado
Department of Defense
Florissant Fossil Beds National Monument: General Management Plan and Development Concept Plan, 1985
Pike National Forest: PSICCL and Resources Management Plan, 1984
County Jurisdictions:
El Paso County: Ute Pass Comprehensive Plan, 1982; Policy Plan, 1984 (zoning code regulations and master plan currently being revised); Parks, Trails and Open Space Master Plan, 1997
Fremont County: Fremont County Master Plan, 1990
Park County: Park County Comprehensive Plan, 1991; 1041 Resource Overlay Mapping, 1993
Teller County: Parks, Trails and Open Space Master Plan, 1997
Local Jurisdictions:
Manitou Springs:Rainbow Vision Plan, 2020; Open Space Master Plan, 1997; Woodland Park: City of Woodland Park Master Plan, 1995; Parks, Trails and Open Space Master Plan, 1997; Colorado Springs: Multi-Use Trails Master Plan, 1986; Cripple Creek; Green Mountain Falls; Victor
Project BoundaryFigure 1-2
Ownership and Jurisdiction ZonesSource: Design Workshop, Inc.
PIKES PEAK
![Page 21: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/21.jpg)
• Colorado State Forest Service
• City of Manitou Springs
• City of Woodland Park
• Town of Cripple Creek
• Town of Green Mountain Falls
• Town of Victor
• Pikes Peak - America’s Mountain
• Colorado Springs Parks
In many areas of Pikes Peak, the
Managing Partners have some
overlapping areas of influence that are
jointly managed by the various Partners.
Other areas of the Peak have little
management strategy or gaps between
zones that have no management plan.
Figure 1-2 demonstrates zones within
the Pikes Peak area that are within
various jurisdictions and the related
management plans.
The Multi-Use Plan defines the vision
for publicly-owned lands and resources
on Pikes Peak. This vision accommoda t e s
r e c r e a t i o nal activity while simultaneously
protecting natural and cultural resources
of the mountain for future generations.
Fundamental issues were used to create
a foundation at the beginning of the
planning process that guided and
defined the vision and goals of the Pikes
Peak Multi-Use Plan. These include:
• The watersheds on Pikes Peak and
consequently the health and safety of
Colorado Springs, Manitou Springs,
Cripple Creek, Victor and Ute Pass citizens,
must be protected.
• Demands for utilization and preservation
should be balanced to the fullest extent
possible, while conserving the mountain’s
r e s o u r c e s .
• National forests are mandated by forest
land resource plans and federal legislation
to allow multi-purpose access.
• A sustainable vision should contemplate
adequate personnel and budget for
resource management and maintenance.
• Damaged areas will be restored using
native vegetation.
• All existing plans and projects relevant to
the study area factor into the Pikes Peak
Multi-Use Plan.
After riding a burro up
the Peak in 1886, Zalmon
Simmons, founder of the
Simmons Mattress
Company, said “there
must be a more
comfortable way to reach
the summit of Pikes
Peak,” and built the cog
railway in 1890.
Fly-FishingSource: Design Workshop, Inc.
![Page 22: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/22.jpg)
These five goals for the Pikes Peak
Multi-Use Plan were established by the
Managing Partners at the start of the
planning process.
1. Determine the impact of growth on the
surrounding communities of Pikes Peak.
2. Develop an environmentally-based plan
that establishes the preservation of water
quality as its highest priority.
3. Develop strategies for balancing the
preservation of the Peak with public
access and commercial use.
4 . Identify and protect quality wildlife habitat.
5. Describe stewardship programs that
encourage the public to behave in ways
that will help preserve existing resources.
This document describes the planning
process utilized to develop the Multi-
Use Plan and provides the tools
required to accomplish the goals
established at the beginning of the
process.
Section Two, The Planning Process,
describes the approach used to accom-
plish the Pikes Peak Multi-Use Plan,
including the Regional Vision Plan, the
public participation groups and process,
and the technical experts involved in the
decision making process.
Section Three, The Regional Vision Plan,
describes the final plan, its key concepts,
specific projects within the Pikes Peak
area and resource elements such as
water resources and transportation.
Section Four, Management Strategy,
discusses recommended management
strategies for multi-jurisdictional efforts
to attain the vision and management
guidelines for areas that may require
specific mitigation measures such as
riparian corridors, wetlands, fire hazard,
unstable slopes, floodways, and
conservation zones.
Section Five, Implementation Strategy,
describes and identifies methods to
implement the plan, prioritizes the
projects to be implemented, and
recommends a strategy for funding and
outlining responsibilities.
The Ap p e n d i x contains pertinent public
pa r t i c i pation information such as the
Horse Riding through Aspen Grove sSource: Design Workshop, Inc.
![Page 23: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/23.jpg)
s u r vey instrument and detailed results,
resource element impact ana l y s i s ,
g l o s sary of terms, and bibliography.
The Pikes Peak Multi-Use Plan is
intended to be used by stakeholders of
the Pikes Peak region. This includes the
Managing Partners, surrounding
communities and interested citizens. The
plan serves as a defensible foundation
that informs agency- and jurisdiction-
specific plans. It is anticipated that the
plan may be adopted by municipalities
and counties, and incorporated into the
body of knowledge used in decision-
making at the state and federal level.
![Page 24: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/24.jpg)
Pikes Peak is a prominent public landscape. As such, it was important that the
Pikes Peak planning process center around public outreach and decision-
making. Several public methods were utilized to facilitate public awareness and
inform stakeholders about the planning process and ways in which to
participate. The two-year effort was structured to facilitate a quality Regional
Vision Plan for the Pikes Peak region developed by citizens, government
agencies and technical experts. Timely and relevant information was provided
to all participants in making informed choices and decisions.
This Section reviews the planning process, including the citizen and stakeholder
input, and jurisdictional and technical expertise used to develop the fina l
Re g i o nal Vision Plan and Multi-Use Plan. Figure 2-1 shows how the pla n n i n g
and public processes worked together.
Source: The Colorado Springs Convention and Visitors Bureau
![Page 25: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/25.jpg)
The initial phase of the planning effort
was dedicated to identifying the
primary issues, individuals and loc a l
resources needed to create a defensible
p lan that could be supported by all
stakeholders. The establishment of a
public invo l vement process was critical
to legitimize the planning process and
included:
• Key Informant Interviews
• Stakeholder Meetings
• Citizens Advisory Group
• Technical Advisory Group
• Public Surveys
• Public Outreach
To help identify primary issues and key
pa r t i c i pants, a series of key informant
interviews with local leaders and user-
group representatives initiated the
p lanning process. Th i r t y - m i n u t e
interviews were conducted with the
identified community leaders and
r e s ponses were recorded. A complete
list of key informant and spe c ia l
interest groups that pa r t i c i pated in this
p lanning effort and the findings are
l ocated in the Appendix.
Key Informants expressed the follow i n g
major values in the interviews:
• The mountain area should be managed to
control negative impacts.
• The mountain is currently an economic
asset with continued potential.
• Pikes Peak is a spiritual force that affects
life in Colorado Springs.
• Recreational uses and cultural resources
should be managed.
Figure 2-1The Planning Process
Planning Process
• Public I n v o l v e m e n t
O r g a n i z a t i o n
• Inventory and Analysis
• Program Definition
• Alternative Designs
• Preferred Alternative
• Master Plan Documentation
Confidence Survey Regional Vision Plan
Management Strategies
Natural & CulturalFeatures Inventory
Needs Assessment
Interviews and Meetings
Citizen’s Advisory Group
Te chnical Advisory Group
Surveys
Program
Opportunity Maps
Capacity Maps
Alternative FuturesCharrette
Alternative RefinementResource Impact
Analysis
![Page 26: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/26.jpg)
Invitations were sent out to more than
200 individuals and groups to
encourage attendance and participation
at the Stakeholder Meeting. In addition
to personal invitations, advertisements
in local newspapers encouraged general
public involvement. The focus of this
meeting was to recruit citizens for the
Pikes Peak Citizen’s Advisory Group
(CAG): an active working committee that
would define the Regional Vision Plan.
The stakeholder meeting, conducted by
the planning consultant, Design
Workshop, reviewed the following issues
of the planning process:
• Planning Process and Explanation
• Project Schedule
• Preliminary Goals and Objectives
• Anticipated Products of the Planning Effort
’The CAG played a “hands-on” role in
shaping the Regional Vision Plan
component of the Multi-Use Plan. CAG
members included a broad range of
users and stakeholders representing large
landowners, environmental groups,
tourism interests, motorized trail
proponents, equestrian advocates, hikers,
bikers, miners and other interested
citizens. This group attended more than
20 public meetings, over an 18-month
period, in an effort to define a regional
vision that was both sustainable and
logical. The planning activities they
accomplished include:
• Refine primary goals and objectives
• Refine program list - activities to be
considered in the region
• Learn about various agencies and user-
group perspectives
• Identify, refine and locate desired elements
and projects within the region
• Define important resource areas that need
protection
• Review alternative future scenarios for the
Pikes Peak region
• Synthesize alternative scenarios into a
draft plan
• Confirm level of confidence in final plan
elements
A technical body of local resource
planners was recruited to help identify
challenges, opportunities and solutions
Citizen’s Advisory
Group Worksession.
Source: Colorado Springs Utilities - Water Resources
“Everyone’s voice is
valued in this process.”- Vic Eklund, Colorado Springs
Utilities - Water Resources
![Page 27: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/27.jpg)
resulting from the development of a
complex plan for multiple resources and
uses. The 14-member group of local
resource planners was involved in three
important evaluations:
• Define cri t e ria for the Opportunity Maps.
(See page 16)
• Define criteria for the Carrying Capacity
Map. (See page 20)
• Establish a fit between capacity zones and
land uses including the program list for
Pikes Peak. (See page 15)
A Modified Delphi Survey was used to
develop consensus among the 14-
member TAG regarding the importance
of various criteria. The Modified Delphi
Survey is a method used to gain
consensus among technical experts.
The Delphi Survey was developed to
solicit expert opinions while achieving
consensus. The Rand Corporation
originated the technique to estimate the
length of time required to satisfy
research goals. In its original form, the
experts were anonymous; neither those
in the expert group nor those in the
general population were aware of the
identity of the experts. In Modified
Delphi Survey, the experts may be
known. Opinions are requested of the
experts in series. A statement is made
such as, “Over a ten-year period, what
is the likelihood that mountain biking
will seriously diminish the health of an
alpine meadow?” The experts will
respond with answers that may range
from 100 percent likelihood to 50
percent likelihood. To begin the second
round, each expert will be given a tally
from the first round and asked for a
revised opinion. Let us say that the tally
of answers from the first round of a
group of twenty experts was: one said
100 percent, three said 90 percent, nine
said 80 percent, five said 70 percent and
two said 50 percent. The tally from the
next round might look like this: four
said 90 percent, eleven said 80 percent
and five said 70 percent. The requests
will continue, always with the
knowledge of the answers from the
previous round, until there is consensus
on the issue.
The original survey was presented at the
kickoff meeting where the method and
objectives were described. The results of
the survey were summarized and
circulated back to each expert once
completed. They were then asked to
respond to the results, and to agree or
restate their opinion if it differed from
Technical Advisory Group Wo r k s e s s i o nSource: Colorado Springs Utilities - Water Resources
Citizen’s Advisory
Group Worksession. Source: Design Workshop, Inc.
![Page 28: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/28.jpg)
the group. The criteria established for
the Opportunity Maps and the Carrying
Capacity Map used this approach.
A public invo l vement strategy was
d e ve l o ped at the beginning of the project.
To discuss the planning process, a series
of public meetings were scheduled
throughout the planning process and
conducted in the following communities:
• Colorado Springs
• Woodland Park
• Cripple Creek
• Manitou Springs
These meetings were scheduled early in
the process to collect public input on
goals, objectives and desired uses. Later
in the process, public input meetings
were held to inform and gather
comments regarding the Regional Vision
Plan. Public meeting comments are
located in the Appendix.
A newsletter, called Peak Vi e w s w a s
created and each volume was distributed
to all pa r t i c i pants. These newsletters
p r ovided information on the progress of
the planning process and the loc a t i o n s
and times of the next meetings. Copies
of Peak Vi e w s are located in the Appe n d i x .
A web site was also designed in
conjunction with Colorado Springs
Utilities’ home page that described the
p lanning effort and announced future
meeting dates and loc a t i o n s .
A Recreation User Survey was designed
and distributed to all interested pa r t i e s
and printed in local newspa pers. It was
also made av a i lable in public facilities
throughout the region to gather
community attitudes about recreation.
The response was tremendous and the
results were used as a point of depa r t u r e
for programming desired uses for the
region. A complete summary of the
Recreation User Survey can be found in
the Appe n d i x .
Inventory is the process of compiling
base information on the region that
informs decision-making throughout the
planning process. The analysis process
synthesized the inventory maps into
summary maps and transformed raw
data into useful information.
Two newsletters were used toinform the public of future
meetings, current activities, andresults of past meetings.
Find out more about the
Pikes Peak Multi-Use
Plan on the web:
www.csu.org/water/ppplan/ppplan.html
![Page 29: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/29.jpg)
The inventory consisted of many
different types of information. First, map
data was assembled from seve n
g overnmental agencies and included
elements such as resource mapping, site
features and political bo u n daries. Other
i n ventory elements included existing
p lans and management reports from all
surrounding agencies and municipa l i t i e s .
This information was compiled within an
A r c View Geographic Information Sy s t e m
( GIS) to facilitate the analysis process.
The process began with the Re c r e a t i o n
User Surve y. A community profile was
then constructed using current
demographic data collected from tow n s
and counties. The community profile
h e l ped to inform the activity and use
desires used to develop the program for
the planning area.
The synthesized data and reports were
organized into a volume of information,
called the Pikes Peak Atlas, that was used
to inform the design and planning
phases of the process. The Pikes Peak Atlas
was published as a separate document
and includes an inventory of natural
and cultural features for the Pikes Peak
region. Examples of the inventory maps
are shown at left, complete maps can be
found in the Pikes Peak Atlas and include
the following:
• Context
• Elevation
• Aerial
• Solar Exposure (Aspect)
• Constructed Water Supply Infrastructure
• Cultural and Historic Sites
• Demographic
• Erosion Potential
• Economic Resources
• Fire Hazard
• Floodplains
• Grant Lands
• Ownership
• Recreation Areas
• Recreation Opportunity Spectrum
• Riparian Vegetation Areas
• Winter Solar Study
• Soil Series
• Slopes
• Transportation
• Unique Natural Communities
• Vegetation
• Visual Analysis Summary
• Watersheds /Sub-basins
• Wildlife Values
• Wetlands
Vegetation Map ExampleSource: Design Workshop, Inc.
Ownership Map ExampleSource: Design Workshop, Inc.
Elevation Map Example Source: Design Workshop, Inc.
![Page 30: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/30.jpg)
Programs are activities and uses carried
out in the Pikes Peak region, such as
s n ow s h oeing, rock climbing and hiking.
The Program Definition phase of the
p lanning process was structured to
d e velop the list of appropriate uses tha t
should be considered for inclusion
within the Pikes Peak region. The uses
were later tested using alterna t i ve designs
for appropria t e n e s s .
Both existing uses and proposed uses
were considered in the program
definition. The Recreation User Survey
provided useful information about uses
of existing recreational facilities, and
what additional uses might be
considered in the future. The CAG used
the Recreation User Survey results of
potential program elements to refine and
prioritize the program elements into a
list of activities. The activities were later
tested in alternative plans.
The following is a list of the activities
(programs) considered to be appropriate
that were later recommended in the
design alternative phase:
• Agriculture
• Auto touring route
• Backpacking
• Bird watching
• Boating (non-motorized)
• Boy/girl scout camp
• Braille trail
• Camping area (developed)
• Camping area (primitive)
• Cog railway
• Commercial outfitters
• Cross-country skiing
• Environmental education facility
• Exploring
• Hunting
• Interpretive site
• Living history site
• Lodging (cabins)
• Lodging (motel//hotel)
• Lodging (single family homes)
• Logging
• Mineral collecting (rockhounds)
• Mining
• Narrow gauge railroad
• Observatory
• Open space
• Overnight hut system
• Picnic area
• Public transportation shuttle
• Races (automotive)
• Races (bicycle)
• Races (foot)
• Research facility
• Resort
• Roadless area
Rock ClimbingSource: Design Workshop, Inc.
SnowshoeingSource: Design Workshop, Inc.
HikingSource: Design Workshop, Inc.
![Page 31: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/31.jpg)
• Roads (Pikes Peak Highway)
• Roads (other)
• Rock climbing
• Shooting range
• Shore fishing
• Snowmobiling
• Snowshoeing
• Summit house
• Toilet facilities
• Trailhead parking facilities
• Trails (cross-country skiing)
• Trails (equestrian)
• Trails (hiking)
• Trails (motorized ATV, 4WD, motorcycle)
• Trails (mountain bike)
• Utility corridor
• Visitor center
• Water access site (boat launch)
• Water resource preserve
• Water storage
• Wildlife preserve
Based upon the identified issues, goals
and objectives, the complied inve n t o r y
a nalysis, and listed program, three
O p portunity Maps were deve l o pe d :
• Stewardship (natural resources)
• Community (recreation)
• Economic
The Opportunity Maps define spe c i f i c
la n d s c a pe opportunities, such as good
p laces for recreation stewardship and
economic development. Stewardship refers
to protection of natural resources.
Community issues include visual sensitivity,
recreation, open space and historic sites.
Economic issues include deve l o pable la n d s ,
mining, recreation and access.
The technical nature of defining criteria
for uses such as stewardship, economic
and community required input from
e x perienced resource managers. Th e
1 4 - m e m ber TAG was asked to
pa r t i c i pate in an exercise to develop the
c r i t e r ia for the analysis maps. Th e
M odified Delphi Surve y, a consensus
building approach, was used to define
the criteria for the Stewardship,
Economic and Community
O p portunity Maps. Figures 2-2 through
2-4 summarize the criteria established
and the weighting values applied to
each criteria.
The criteria were then applied to the
inventory mapping with GIS models to
produce the Opportunity Maps shown
adjacent to the opportunity criteria. The
Modified Delphi Survey instrument and
results can be found in the Appendix.
The Opportunity Maps
define specific landscape
opportunities, such as
natural resources located
within the planning area.
![Page 32: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/32.jpg)
Figure 2-2 Opportunity Maps
Stewardship IssuesWetlands
Cultural Sites
Habitat Areas
Aquifer
Rare Species
Riparian
Erosion
Waterways
Stewardship refers toresponsiblemanagement ofnatural resources.
![Page 33: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/33.jpg)
Figure 2-3 Opportunity Maps
Community IssuesVisual Sensitivity
Historic sites
Hazards
Recreation
Watchable Wildlife
Public Lands
Open Spaces
Community issuesinclude visualsensitivity, recreation,open space andhistoric sites.
![Page 34: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/34.jpg)
Figure 2-4 Opportunity Maps
Economic IssuesAgricultural
Developable Lands
Mining
Timber
Recreation
Water Resources
Access
Economic issues includedevelopable lands, min-ing, recreation anda c c e s s .
![Page 35: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/35.jpg)
A Carrying Capacity Map, Figure 2-5,
a nalyzed the la n d s c a pe’s ability to
s u p port land uses and characterized the
la n d s c a pe into seven capacity zones.
A p p r o p r iate uses for each Capacity Zo n e
were then identified. This map informed
the design process, and serves as a long-
term management tool. The method for
defining the criteria and weighting values
to characterize carrying capacity on the
la n d s c a pe was similar to that used to
define the Opportunity Maps. The TA G
began by brainstorming the spe c i f i c
issues (e.g. slopes) that influence carrying
c a pa c i t y. Land use and capacity fit define
the suitable range for each land use type
(see Figure 2-6). The next step was to
redefine the legend of each identified
issue from one to five, one meaning
most capable and five meaning least
c a pable. For example, slopes from 0-6
percent rated one, and slopes over 50
percent were rated five. Each individual
issue was weighted based upo n
i m portance rela t i ve to the other issues
(e.g., importance of slope compared to
r i pa r ian areas).
The final step to define carrying
c a pacities invo l ved evaluating the entire
list of po t e n t ial program elements that fit
within the seven capacity zones. A
M odified Delphi Survey was used by the
TAG to define the appropriate carrying
c a pacity zones for each program element.
Figure 2-7 summarizes the results of the
s u r ve y. The program elements (activities)
are weighted for compatibility with
c a pacity criteria listed. The Mod i f i e d
Delphi Survey instrument and results can
be found in the Appe n d i x .
The Carrying Capacity
Map demonstrates where
land uses are appropriate
based on seven sensitive
resource criteria.
Figure 2-5
Carrying Capacity Map
![Page 36: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/36.jpg)
The combination of the public input,
Program Definition, and the technical
process provides a powerful tools for
long-term land management. (See
Section Four, Management Strategy, for a
detailed description.)
Figure 2-6
Land Uses and Capacity Fit
Modified Delphi Survey Results
Capacity Criteria
Erosion Potential 4.13
Land Cover 3.76
Hydrology 4.50
Slope Map 3.63
Visual Sensitivity 3.22
Habitat 3.70
Fire Hazard 3.70
Figure 2-7
Weighted Capacity Criteria
1 = most capable: 5 = least capable
Capacity Zones: 1-7 Grey Bar = Land Compatible for Use)
![Page 37: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/37.jpg)
A l t e r na t i ve design scenarios invo l ved the
rigorous testing of multiple land use
design concepts. Concepts were
evaluated by both the Citizen Ad v i s o r y
Group and representatives of loc a l
agencies and municipalities for a
q u a l i t a t i ve response. An impa c t
evaluation was also conducted by water,
cultural, wildlife and transpo r t a t i o n
e x perts to quantify po t e n t ial impacts of
a l t e r na t i ve scenarios. The combination of
both public and expert evaluation of
design concepts enabled the summary
r e c o m m e n dations to address community
desires and be technically respo n s i ve to
natural resource sensitivity.
Three design teams were assembled from
the CAG, local municipalities, and
g overnment agencies. The design teams
came together for a three-day cha r r e t t e
to identify three future scenarios tha t
offered various po t e n t ial land uses. Th r e e
clearly defined scenarios were deve l o pe d
to encourage the design teams to
consider as many possible ideas for each
s c e nario. Figure 2-8 through 2-10 and
the following scenario descriptions were
used as design parameters during the
t h r e e - day cha r r e t t e :
Alternative A
Stewardship Scenario
This Scenario highlighted program
elements with emphasized conservation
and educational components and placed
environmental values first. This Scenario
defined areas that should be closed to
human use, seasonal closure and allows
pedestrians on the Pikes Peak Highway
only. The Summit House would only be
accessible by the Cog Railway. The ficti-
tious premise for the Stewardship
Scenario follows:
Figure 2-8
Alternative A
Stewardship Scenario
Three Alternative Design
Scenarios were developed
• Stewardship
• Community
• Economic
![Page 38: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/38.jpg)
“The year is 2004 and Al Gore is the
president of the United States. Mr. Gore
was elected (some believe) on an
environmental platform that was
popular due to published studies with
quantifiable proof that the Earth’s life
support systems are in serious decline, a
situation much more serious than was
previously believed. His trusted
Secretary of the Interior, Bruce Babbit
has assumed much authority in the new
administration and has fathered a series
of new legislative bills that preserve
natural areas and unique natural
resources and mandates the clean-up of
landscapes that have been adversely
impacted by human habitation.
Aggressive public policy for redemption
and conservation in and around public
land holdings has been imposed, and
management plans are required within
one year. To this end, a multi-
jurisdictional task force has been
convened to develop a plan for the
Pikes Peak region. The design team has
been assembled to confront the issue of
environmental enhancement and
preservation first, and other human
needs where they do not conflict with
this objective.”
Alternative B
Community/Recreation Scenario
" Re c r e a t i o nal Mecca of the We s t e r n
States." This scenario includes program
elements from both stewardship and
c o m m u n i t y. The plan focused on
e x panding recreation significantly within
the Pikes Peak region while areas were
d e voted to either conservation or
r e c r e a t i o nal use. An aggressive recreation
system was established. Key ideas
include a Re g i o nal Visitor Center,
I n t e r p r e t i ve Centers, Recreation Us e
Centers, Perimeter Loop Trails and Ac c e s s
Portals. The premise for the
C o m m u n i t y /Recreation Scenario follow s :Figure 2-9
Alternative B
Community/Recreation Scenario
![Page 39: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/39.jpg)
“The year is 2010. The 2006 Winter
Games have recently been held in
Colorado Springs and the facilities for
the games are located all around the
Pikes Peak region. Even though the
games are over, the world was given a
chance to see Colorado Springs during
the much publicized games and tourists
from all over the country and around
the world just keep coming. The
demand for recreation, natural systems,
education and public infrastructure to
support year-round tourism continues
to grow. The demand far exceeds the
supply, and the region recognizes that
many recreational opportunities need to
be created to meet the needs of local
citizens and visitors. A cooperative
multi-agency task force has convened to
address the issue and seek expanded
recreational opportunities while
preserving resource qualities for the
entire Pikes Peak region.”
Alternative C
Economic Scenario
“Pikes Peak or Bust.” This Scena r i o
includes program elements from all
c harrette program assignment areas.
This plan focused on testing numerous
m e t h ods to creatively finance public
recreation. Ideas included land trades, a
g o n d o la from Cripple Creek, resort
d e velopment on public lands, extensive
use of the South Slope and privately-
owned recreation development. Th e
premise for this Scenario follow s :
“The Y2K bug is no hype! The world
economy has taken a big hit and with it
the United States slumped into a five-
year depression. Much public and
political pressure has come to bear on
the new Republican leadership. This
pressure has materialized in the form of
new legislation to stimulate economic
development on and around public
lands. The new legislation has
Figure 2-10
Alternative C
Economic Scenario
![Page 40: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/40.jpg)
mandated economic development while
conserving the land and providing
recreational benefits. Managers of
Public Lands throughout the country
have been charged with developing the
economic opportunities on public lands
and support private landowners in
doing the same. This design team is
charged with developing a plan for
economic development that can be
described as sustainable, yet can provide
both short and long term economic
benefit to the local community. This
plan seeks to maximize the economic
benefit for both public and private lands
within the Pikes Peak region.”
The design team used the matrix shown
in Figure 2-11 to ensure that all poten-
tial program elements were tested. The
matrix associates every program element
with at least one of the three scenarios.
Each team began by defining goals and
objectives for each scenario, followed by
design principles to govern decision-
making and the resulting consequences.
Diagrams of the region were prepared
by each team to explain a logic for the
ways in which site opportunities and
constraints might impact the design
principles. Ultimately, a series of three
plans emerged from the design process,
one for each scenario (Figures 2-8
through 2-10). Each design team
presented to the charrette group, to a
team of agency heads and community
leaders, and finally to the CAG.
Program Elements Steward Community EconomicAgricultureAlpine Skiing-BackcountryAuto Touring RouteBackpackingBird WatchingBoating-non-motorizedBoy/Girl Scout CampBraille TrailCamping Area-developedCamping Area-dispersedCog RailwayCommercial OutfittersEnvironmental Education FacilityExploringHuntingInterpretive SiteLiving History SiteLodging-cabinsLodging-motel/hotelLodging-single family homesLoggingMineral Collecting (rockhounds)MiningNarrow Gauge RailroadObservatoryOpen SpaceOvernight Hut SystemPicnic AreaPublic Transportation ShuttleRaces-automobileRaces-bicycleRaces-footResearch FacilityResortRoadless AreaRoads-otherRoads-Pikes Peak HighwayRock ClimbingShooting RangeShore FishingSnowmobilingSnowshoeingSummit HouseToilet FacilitiesTrailhead Parking FacilitiesTrails-cross-country skiingTrails-equestrianTrails-hikeTrails-motorized use (ATV, 4WD, motorcycle)Trails-mountain bikeUtility CorridorVisitor CenterWater Access Site-boat launchWater Resource PreserveWater StorageWildlife Preserve
Table 2-11
Charrette Program Assignments
Matrix. This was used to assure
that all potential uses were tested
in the alternative design phase
StewardshipCommunity Economic
Alternative Design Scenarios
![Page 41: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/41.jpg)
The CAG made specific comments about
elements they liked and others they felt
were inappropriate. Figure 2-12
represents the process used to facilitate
the final product: the ABC Best
Alternative. This reflects all of the
comments from the three Scenarios,
while eliminating concepts not endorsed
by the CAG or having significant
resource and transportation impacts.
At each step in the synthesis process, the
CAG re-evaluated the alternatives for
agreement or disagreement with the
design concepts. This evaluation was
ultimately applied to the ABC scenario
to derive the first draft of the Regional
Vision Plan. The Regional Vision Plan is
described in its entirety in Section Three.Figure 2-13
AB Alternative Futures Scenario
Figure 2-12
Alternative Synthesis
![Page 42: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/42.jpg)
AB and BC Alterna t i ve Futures Scena r i o s
were created as a result of public and
agency review of the individual A, B and
C Scenarios. The most appropriate ideas
from the A and B Scenarios were
combined into the AB Scenario, while the
weakest concepts were eliminated. Th e
BC Scenario was created using the be s t
concepts from B and C respe c t i ve l y, while
again eliminating the weakest concepts.
AB and BC Scenarios were created as a
result of public and agency review of
the A, B and C Scenarios.
Figures 2-13 and 2-14 show the AB and
BC Alternative Futures Scenarios that
combine the most appropriate program
uses for all alternative scenarios as well
as activities specific to
Stewardship/Recreation (AB) or
Recreation/Economic (BC).
Figure 2-14
BC Alternative Futures Scenario
![Page 43: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/43.jpg)
The Alternative Future Scenarios
propose various levels and degrees of
physical change to the Pikes Peak region.
These changes are important to the vari-
ous resources that are impacted. The
Impact Analysis aided in selecting which
alternative would have greater or fewer
impacts on water, environmental,
cultural and transportation systems.
The consultant team included experts
that conducted physical impact
evaluations on the AB and BC scenarios
to provide a quantitative rationale for
selecting concepts included in the draft
Regional Vision Plan. Water,
transportation, wildlife and cultural
resources were all examined for
potential impacts from the AB and BC
Scenarios specific to concepts presented
on the two alternatives. A full summary
of each impact analysis can be found in
the Appendix. The abstracts below
summarize the resource impact
evaluations:
Water Resources
The impact analysis on water resources
was completed by the engineering firm
of Montgomery Watson. They reported
that the AB Scenario
(Stewardship/Recreation Scenario) has
only minor impacts on surface and
ground water resources in the Pikes
Peak planning area. Scenario elements
which open up new areas for visitor use
and increase the intensity of existing
uses (e.g., new trails, activity centers and
the Auto Touring Loop) could result in
impacts to water quality and watershed
erosion. However, these impacts are
expected to be localized and manageable
through implementation.
The BC Scenario (Re c r e a t i o n /E c o n o m i c s
S c e nario) has more po t e n t ial impa c t s
on water resources than the
S t e w a r d s h i p /Recreation Scena r i o .
P r o posed facilities are more extensive ,
p r ovide for more intensive uses
throughout the planning area, and may
bring more visitors to the area.
Transportation
Tr a n s portation and traffic impacts were
assessed by traffic engineers Felsburg Holt
and Ullevig. They reported that the most
significant difference between the two
s c e narios rela t i ve to transportation is the
i m p r oved accessibility be t w e e n
surrounding communities and
r e c r e a t i o nal opportunities that is
a s s oc iated with Scenario BC. Ad d i t i o na l
or upgraded access portals are prov i d e d ,
pa r t i c u larly on the north and south.
![Page 44: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/44.jpg)
Ad d i t i o nal road and trail access is
p r ovided within the recreation area.
S e veral access routes that are common to
both scenarios would access more
r e c r e a t i o nal opportunities in Scenario BC.
Wildlife Resource
The wildlife resource impact ana l y s i s
was completed by biologist Erik
Olgeirson. He reported that the
p r o posed economic development BC
S c e nario, allows for virtually unlimited
access to the park. The propo s e d
d e velopments will have rela t i vely minor
i m pacts on the natural resources of the
park. It is the increase in ve h i c u lar traf-
fic and recreational users assoc ia t e d
with this Scenario that will have the
greatest impact on the natural resources
in this area. The proposed road
i m p r ovements and the addition of
motorized campsites and lodging in the
southern region of the planning area
are of spe c ial concern. While this
S c e nario may not alter current uses
significantly it does little to preserve and
protect valuable natural areas.
Cultural Resources
The cultural resources impact analysis
was completed by the planning firm of
Thomas and Thomas. They reported
that significant differences between the
two Scenarios are based on the
distribution of access points and activity
centers. Based on an equal number of
potential users, the BC Scenario
potentially distributes users over a
greater area and number of activity
centers, reducing the impact on local or
site-specific resources. The AB Scenario
limits the number of activity areas and
concentrates or controls users access to
a smaller portion of the site, preserving
a greater sense of the “regional” resource.
The overall scoring, shown on Figure 2-
15, reflects slightly higher impacts
associated with Scenario BC. This is
illustrated in a greater number of
developments impacting the regional
context. While many of the individual
sites may benefit from site
improvements and reduced daily visitor
numbers, the proposed distribution
would impact the experience in existing
sensitive areas to local users.
Conversely, non-local users may see the
broader distribution of activity centers
and access points as an improvement to
the regional resource.
![Page 45: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/45.jpg)
Figure 2-15
Resource Impact
Analysis Summary
Transportation Water Resources Wildlife ResourcesCultural
Resources
* Transportation ranking: 1 = poorest transportation solution5 = little or no impact
Other resource rankings: 1 = little or no impact5 = greatest impact
![Page 46: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/46.jpg)
The results of both the qualitative
evaluation and the expert evaluations
(resource impact analysis) were used to
inform the final decision making that
determined which concepts would be
represented on the ABC Scenario.
Refinements to the ABC Scenario were
determined in meetings with key
agencies, municipalities, public meetings
and the CAG committee.
A Confidence Survey was circulated to
the CAG following the presentation of
the Regional Draft Vision Plan. The
result of rigorous public involvement,
detailed inventory, innovative analysis
and appropriate public and expert
evaluations produced a plan developed
through consensus by all of those that
participated. The final Confidence
Survey asked "Is the plan a good
representation of all those that
participated?" and 94 percent of
participants responded positively. The
high level of success is confirmed by the
diverse groups that responded, such as
the motorized trail users and members
of the Sierra Club. The full results of
the Confidence Survey are listed in
Figure 2-16.
Management of a region such as Pikes
Peak cannot be implemented without a
clear vision of desired outcomes. The
Regional Vision Plan outlines roles and
responsibilities for the vested parties and
managing authorities for the plan to
Figure 2-16CAG Summary of Confidence Survey
Yes
• Should CAG have long term involvement? 97%
• Support for Back Country Portal 97%
• Do you support the concept of the Regional Visitor Center? 95%
• Is Plan a good representation of those that participated? 94%
• Support for Local Access Portal at Colorado Springs 94%
• Support for Catamount Portal 94%
• Support for Perimeter Loop Trail 94%
• Support for Alternative Routes to Peak 94%
• Support for Restoration Areas 89%
• Support for Biological Connectedness 89%
• Support for Expanding Crags Campgrounds 88%
• Support for Limited Use Areas 86%
• Would you participate again in the long-term effort 85%
• Support for Equestrian Center at Mueller State Park 85%
• Support for Combined Access for Barr Trail and COG 80%
• Support for South Slope Portal 79%
• Support for New Summit House 79%
• Support for Motorized Area 75%
• Support for Auto Touring Loop (Scenic Loop) 69%
• Support for Lower Gold Camp as a road 56%
![Page 47: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/47.jpg)
succeed. Once the Regional Vision Plan
was completed, the Managing Partners
discussed potential organizational and
management models and existing
management structures employed in the
Pikes Peak region today.
The project team from Design Workshop
identified four potential organizational
structures that could be utilized to
manage the short and long-term
operational needs of Pikes Peak Multi-
Use Plan area.
The desire to accommodate involvement
from all Managing Partners, however,
should not supersede efforts to
streamline and maintain quality
decision-making. Given the complex
and fragile nature of the subject area,
the future operational and advising
organization should be both technically
skilled and able to facilitate consensus-
building in order to achieve the
following:
• Administration and Business Management
• Cooperative land owner relationships
• Coordination with public land owners
• Fee collection
• Fund-raising
• Interpretive programming
• Operations and maintenance of the trail
systems
• Patrol and emergency
• Programming and event staging
• Resource management
• Safety and risk management
• Visitor needs
The po t e n t ial members of the appropria t e
organization are listed to the left. Fo u r
e xamples of organizational structures are
d e s c r i bed be l ow. The models are
complemented by details of existing
organizations that were formed to solve
s i m i lar issues to those faced by the Pikes
Peak planning team, CAG and TAG.
This model presents one agency (U.S.
Forest Service, Pikes Peak Ranger District
for example) as the lead coordinator for
the overall management of the Pikes
Peak Multi-Use area. The agency-led
model requires that the neighboring
agencies accept the agency as lead and
enter a cooperative agreement (official
or unofficial) to jointly manage the
entire area, regardless of ownership.
Strengths
• Provides a clear line of communication
and leadership with designated authority
and funding sources.
Potential Managing Partner Members
• Colorado Springs Utilities -
Water Resources
• U.S. Forest Service Pikes Peak
Ranger District
• Bureau of Land Management
• El Paso County
• Teller County
• Colorado Division of Wildlife
• Colorado State Forest Service
• City of Manitou Springs
• City of Woodland Park
• Town of Cripple Creek
• Town of Green Mountain Falls
• Town of Victor
• Pikes Peak - America’s Mountain
• Colorado Springs Parks
Pikes Peak Multi-
Resource Plan Criteria:
• System-wide coordination
• Efficiency
• Administrative skills
• Vision thru implementation
• Task expertise
• Multi-resource objectives
![Page 48: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/48.jpg)
Weaknesses
• Does not facilitate consensus across all
political and ownership boundaries.
• The agency leading the organization
would prescribe their philosophy and
legislative authority.
The non-profit model involves the
formation of a volunteer board of
directors, who raises money from grants
and corporate donations, and hires an
Executive Director. The Executive
Director would spearhead the non-profit
visioning and fund-raising, in concert
with the Board of Directors, as well as
develop budgets and implementation
strategies to realize the vision. A
government entity would still be the
responsible authority to which the Non-
Profit reports.
Strengths
• Minimizes "conflicts of interest" issues
that other models with multiple agencies
may face.
• Enhances relationships between govern-
ment agencies and private land owners.
• Provides an organization to “carry the
torch” and be the keepers of the vision.
• Establishes a regional promotion
framework.
• Develops clear responsibility for fund-
raising by the non-profit.
Weakness
• Limited funds may hinder the level of
commitment the Board of Directors is able
to generate.
• Funds are the results of fund-raising
efforts, which would not supply a steady
stream of financial support.
Case Study
The Appalachian Trail Conference (ATC)
is a private, non-profit educational
organization of individuals, volunteers,
maintainers and clubs, formed in 1925.
The National Park Service has
administrative responsibility for the Trail
and the ATC is accountable to the
National Park Service for the proper
management of the Trail.
A 25-member Board of Directors, the
policy-making governing body, guides
thirty-five affiliated volunteer groups. A
small professional staff of approximately
30 people helps coordinate the trail
maintenance and management activities
of the volunteers. A complete
description of The Appalachian Trail
Conference is located in the Appendix.
![Page 49: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/49.jpg)
The Conservation Agency model is
formatted around the hiring of a
conservation management agency (i.e., the
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service) to fulfill a
r e g i o nal vision plan’s stated objective s .
Strengths
• Model led by a group whose sole purpose is
to heighten conservation efforts. The future
of the land and its ability to sustain
targeted uses would be the primary focus of
the managing organization.
The Independent Model allows each type
of la n d owner (public and private) to
m a nage their part of a defined area. Fo r
e xample, Colorado Springs Utilities
would manage their watershed, the U.S.
Forest Service Pikes Peak Ranger District
would manage their lands, etc. Each
individual or group may agree to
m a nage their part of the Multi-Use area,
consistent with a single mana g e m e n t
p h i l o s o p h y, but day - t o - day ope r a t i o n s
and maintenance would be site spe c i f i c .
A solid process for managing difficult
issues should be deve l o ped at the initia l
o r g a n i z a t i o nal stage.
Strengths
• Each land owner and operator manages
land based on their own jurisdiction of it.
• Agreements of the best management
practices would be minimized, and all
individual interests could be pursued with
limited conflict.
Weaknesses
• Individual interests could lead to contro-
versy if not managed as a team effort.
Case Study
Mt. Washington Observatory, located in
New Hampshire, is managed by a group
that includes both public and private
landowners. The public land agencies
represented include the U.S. Forest
Service, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service,
and National Park Service. For daily
management requirements, each group
is responsible for its own area, but all sit
"at the table" together in order to solve
issues that ultimately affect everyone.
The Cooperative Management
Agreement engages the sustained
involvement of the local host
community residents and their
governments, recreation-tourism
business and industry, and public land
management agencies.
According to Don Bruns, a recreational
planner for the Bureau of Land
![Page 50: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/50.jpg)
Management, this model addresses
many elements faced by managers of
broad, natural resource based activities.
Bruns adds that because no single group
land managing agency, service provider,
or local government actually provides
the benefits of activities, management of
the area needs to incorporate all
providers. The management structure
must allow for functional lines of
communication, authority and
commerce, without sacrificing
responsibility, decision making and
entrepreneurial opportunities.
Strengths
• Builds community consensus and synergy
among all stakeholders.
Weaknesses
• The decision making process may be
hindered by the complex nature of "everyone
is at the table" type of organization.
• Technical expertise is limited to those
involved.
Case Study
The Owl Mountain Partnership is a
prototype for ecosystem management in
North Park, Colorado. This project is
orchestrated by Seeking Common
Ground, which is a partnership of
federal land management agencies, state
fish and wildlife agencies, wildlife
conservation organizations and others.
The mission statement of the Owl
Mountain Partnership is to serve the
economic, cultural, and social needs of
the community, while developing long-
term landscape management programs,
policies and practices that ensure
ecosystem sustainability.
Case Study
When Colorado became a State in 1876,
the federal government gave the state
approximately 4.5 million acres of
federal lands, of which the state still
owns three million. All of these acres
are managed by the five person State
Land Board and a staff of 29 to benefit
the School Trust and seven smaller
trusts. The Board is the "trustee" for
state trust lands and has a fiduciary
responsibility to the beneficiaries of the
land, which are the individuals in the
Colorado public school system.
Management, operations and project
implementation are the key strengths of
the Non-Profit Model and Conservation
Agency Model. The Agency-Led Model’s
main focus is the implementation of
projects and day-to-day responsibilities,
![Page 51: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/51.jpg)
Very CapableModerately CapableMinimally Capable
Functions & Capabilities RequiredAgency Non-Profit Conservation Independent Cooperative
Led Agency Management Agreements
Administration/Business ManagementBuild Trails and FacilitiesDevise, build and maintain educational programEmergency Response (fire/ambulance)Fee CollectionsFund-RaisingHabitat/Environmental Restoration (Design & Implement)Historic InterpretationInfluence Private LandownersInter-agency/Municipality CoordinationLaw Enforcement Capabilities (Patrol)MaintenanceOperationsProgramming & Event StagingPromotionResource Management (Water/Timber/Wildlife/T&E)Resource Survey (continued)Transportation (safety/maintenance/construction)Trash pickupSafety and Risk ManagementVisioning
Models
it is limited in the areas of fund-raising,
administration and its ability to
influence private land owners. The
Cooperative Management Agreement
Model only exhibits moderate strengths
in day-to-day responsibilities but it is
least capable to raise funds, vision, and
promote the Pikes Peak region. The
Independent Model is the weakest
model in a number of categories and
shows only moderate capabilities for
operations and maintenance. Based on
strengths and weaknesses inherent in
the Independent Model, it is
recommended that a hybrid
management model be implemented to
enhance the currently employed
Independent Model.Figure 2-17
Model Comparison Matrix
![Page 52: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/52.jpg)
The Pikes Peak Multi-Use Planning Process was created as a common vision based on
community values. To properly manage this region, an understanding of end-use desires
and a clear vision of future conditions is necessary. The Regional Vision Plan is the result
of the planning process of the Pikes Peak Multi-Use Plan that involved public
participation, planning and design, and technical expert analysis. The Regional Vision
Plan represents the heart of the Pikes Peak Multi-Use Plan. After more than eighteen
months the Regional Vision Plan evolved from ideas, concepts and knowledge from
public meetings and the Citizen Advisory Group, combined with the guidance and
expertise of consultants and local resource experts. The diligent work and concerted
effort from all of these groups together with the Managing Partners, the Regional Vision
Plan is a tremendous opportunity that provides multiple recreation opportunities while
protecting sensitive natural resources for the surrounding communities today and for
future generations.
The Citizen’s Advisory Group (CAG) worked with the managing partners to develop the
Regional Vision Plan. This group represented the broadest possible set of users in the
Pikes Peak area including: participants from environmental groups, motorized trails
representatives, climbers, mountain bikers and other users that were interested in
Source: Colorado Springs Utilities - Water Resources Department
![Page 53: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/53.jpg)
participating in the process. The CAG
helped to define the goals and objectives
for the Regional Vision Plan, refine the
program elements from broader user
survey results, critique the inventory
and analysis process, and direct the
synthesis of a range of possible futures
into a final draft. Because of the high
level of CAG involvement, the final
Regional Vision Plan reflects the values
and input from broad representation.
Ninety-four percent of the CAG agreed
on the plan in the final Confidence
Survey circulated to all members. A
description and summary of the survey
findings is located in Section Two, and
the instrument and detailed results can
be found in the Appendix.
The concepts discussed in the Regional
Vision Plan are delineated into two
categories:
• Regional Concepts
• Site Specific Projects
Accordingly, this chapter has been
organized into these two categories and
discusses the concepts and projects in
detail.
Regional Concepts define and
distinguish the Pikes Peak area based on
environmental stewardship (Limited Use
Areas and Restoration Zones) and
community and visitor services
(gateways, scenic loops and portals, etc.).
These concepts are found in various
areas of the region and may be a part of
site specific projects.
The various regional concepts, local
projects and resource elements combine
to form a system that integrates existing
local facilities with the Pikes Peak vision.
The Summit and surrounding Pikes Pe a k
region is viewed as a resource with multi-
ple land use opportunities. The Multi-Us e
P lan is a framework of routes, gateway s ,
portals and recreation use centers that are
linked to provide access and recreationa l
o p portunities while preserving critical
natural resources. Figure 3-1
demonstrates this system.
Regional Concepts
• Limited Use Areas
• Restoration Zones
• Buffer Zones
• Gateways
• Scenic Loop
• Access Portals
• Perimeter Loop Trail
• Recreation Use Centers
• Interpretive Centers
• Al t e rnative Routes to the Summit
Figure 3-1
Framework Diagram
![Page 54: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/54.jpg)
RECREATION USE CENTERS
Buffer Zone(traditional agriculture to be encouraged)
Buffer Zone(traditional agriculture to be encouraged)
Woodland Park Gateway- Visitor Services
Manitou Springs Gateway- Visitor Services
Victor Gateway- Visitor Services
Cripple Creek Gateway- Visitor Services
Divide Gateway- Visitor Services
H
H
Wye Campgound -Motorized Trail Center
Barr Trail AccessCOG Rail Access
Back Country (Primitive)- Camping/Hiking
Gillett Portal
Pike Peak Summit- New Summit House- New Observatory
Winter Center
AdditionalLocal Access
Mueller Portal
BLM Wilderness Study Area
Glen Cove
Crystal Reservoir
DudeRanch
DudeRanch
DudeRanch
EnhancedBarr Camp
H
South Slope Portal
HH
HH
H
Crags Campground
Water Rec. Center
ColoradoSpringsGateway- Visitor Services
Catamount Ranch Open Space
PIKES PEAK REGIONALVISITOR CENTER- Visitor Orientation (system-wide) Use Centers / Interpretive Centers
Miles31 2 4 5
Restoration Zones
Limited Use Area
Motorized Trail
Activity Trail
Perimeter Loop Trail- Multi-use
Scenic Loop (Auto Touring / Access)
Access Portal
Gateways -Community Base Visitor Services
Regional Visitor Center
LEGEND:
Paved Gravel (treated)
Buffer Zones
Ute Nation Education
Mining History/Presents
Pikes Peak Highway
Railroads, regional history
Environmental Education
Agriculture, past and present
Water Resource Story
INTERPRETIVE THEME CENTERS
Wildlife
Winter Sports
Water Sports
Equestrian Center
Back Country (Primative)
Mountain Biking
Motorized Trail Uses
Climbing
Auto TouringDESIGN WORKSHOP, Inc. Denver Colorado Sept./1999
LAND COVER
Deciduous Forest
Disturbed/Rock OutcropHuman Settlement
Pine ForestPrairie LandscapeAlpine Tundra
Water
Cheyenne CanyonEnvironmentalEducation Center
Pikes Peak Regional Vision Plan
![Page 55: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/55.jpg)
Limited Use Areas are primarily defined
by the environment and are often used
in ecosystem management. Limited Use
Areas have the highest level of resource
sensitivity, such as critical habitat, rare
and endangered species, selected
wetlands and riparian corridors, and
valuable water resources. Figure 3-2
shows the Limited Use Areas within the
planning area. These sensitive resource
lands are connected into a system that
further enhances the benefits of these
resources while increasing their
protection. The Limited Use Areas have
been identified on the Regional Vision
P lan and are intended to be managed by
a common approach for use and
preservation. All activities within the
area would follow the objective s
established for the Limited Use Area and
p r o posed uses must demonstrate no
a d verse impact to the resource.
The objectives established for the
Limited Use Areas include:
• Manage these lands for resource protection
and enhancement.
• Design and construct structured facilities
to absorb potential impacts due to access
and recreation.
• Retain control of these areas through
permit-only access system and ensure that
users uphold management objectives.
In addition to establishing proper
planning, design and management of the
Limited Use Areas, a signage system
could accompany the Permit Use system
to inform users that they are recreating
in a protected area.
Restoration Zones are used in ecosystem
management and are primarily defined
by the environment. Restoration zones
have been identified in areas where
erosion and natural resource
degradation have occurred. The zones
indicated on the Regional Vision Plan
include the areas below Pikes Peak
Highway, Barr Trail, and the motorized
trail area in the vicinity of Wye
Campground in the southeastern part of
Pikes Peak. Figure 3-3 identifies the
Restoration Zones within the planning
area. Additional areas are likely to be
defined as Restoration Zones as more
information is collected for the region.
The zones identified should be surveyed
and fully understood as a part of the
reclamation strategy. In addition, the
Pikes Peak Region should continuously
monitor for other potential areas that
may be candidates as Restoration Zones.
A reclamation strategy should be
developed and implemented for each
area to repair existing damage.
Figure 3-2
Limited Use Areas Context Map
Figure 3-3
Restoration Zones Context Map
![Page 56: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/56.jpg)
The Buffer Zones identified on the
Regional Vision Plan are an
acknowledgement of the important role
these lands play in the long-term
management of the planning area.
Unlike the majority of the planning area,
these buffer zone represent large private
land holding immediately adjacent to
the Resource Boundary, internal to the
Scenic Loop system. This plan also
acknowledges that present uses of these
lands is very compatible with proposed
management objectives of adjacent
public lands. It would be advantageous
if these lands were to remain in
agricultural uses, thus minimizing
conflicts between adjacent management
practices. This Buffer Zone delineation
does not, however, seek to suggest
future land use change is not
appropriate. If land owners desire to
remain in existing agricultural practices,
encouragement and incentives should be
provided by local governments to
enable them to do so. Significant
changes to existing land use practices
within the designated Buffer Zones,
should be undertaken with a full
understanding of contextual issues
identified in the Pikes Peak Multi-Use
Plan and the adoption of the
philosophy of multi-resource
management is strongly encouraged.
G a t e w ays have been defined as
o p portunities to provide community-
based recreational and visitor services.
Restaurants, accommoda t i o n s ,
information, privately-owned recreation
businesses, recreation rentals, groc e r i e s ,
education, and entertainment may be
included as services av a i lable at the
G a t e w ays. Figure 3-5 highlights the
G a t e w ays on the Plan. The eight
G a t e w ays identified on the Re g i o na l
Vision Plan have been selected based on
their location as entry points into the
Pikes Peak Region and as access points to
the po t e n t ial recreation program. Th e
G a t e w ays that are identified include:
• City of Colorado Springs
• City of Manitou Springs
• Town of Cascade
• Town of Green Mountain Falls
• City of Woodland Park
• Town of Divide
• Town of Cripple Creek
• Town of Victor
The establishment of Gateways requires
a commitment from the surrounding
communities to:
• Orient visitors to local attractions and
recreation opportunities within the region,
and connections to the regional network.
Figure 3-5
Gateways Context Map
Figure 3-4
Buffer Zones Context Map
![Page 57: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/57.jpg)
• Provide services to regional and local
visitors to meet their needs and desires.
• Provide adequate signage and inform a t i o n
that orients the visitor within the context of
the Pikes Peak Region.
The Scenic Loop consists of Highway 24,
Highway 67 and Gold Camp Road. This
auto-oriented loop around Pikes Peak
provides access to the abundant
recreational activities that surround the
Peak. The concept brings visitors
through the Gateways arranged along the
automobile roadways, or Scenic Loop as
identified in Figure 3-6. The Scenic Loop
recognizes that “driving for pleasure” is
the most popular recreational activity in
the area. Communities along the Scenic
Loop may choose to participate in a
variety of tourism-based activities.
Signage along the road is critical to the
success of the concept, both for
orientation and educational uses.
Signage should be displayed at turnouts
and used as a means of conveying the
natural resource and historic themes of
the region. A signage system that
represents both the region and
individual communities should be
developed. Implementation of a signage
plan is discussed in Section Five.
Portals are access points within the Pikes
Peak study area. Ten Portals have been
established between the Scenic Loop and
recreation opportunities within the
planning area. Figure 3-7 identifies the
Access Portals in the Pikes Peak region.
The Portals are designed to accomplish
the following specific functions:
• Serve as transition points between vehicles
and recreational activities such as hiking
and biking.
• Provide services such as trash receptacles,
parking areas, information, drinking
water, and restroom facilities.
• Provide locational information to the
visitor on recreational opportunities in the
immediate area and region.
• Limit the users within the area by
designing parking areas to accommodate a
specific number of vehicles.
• Provide user information about
appropriate recreational activities, trail
use, and safety tips. Figure 3-7
Access Portals Context Map
Figure 3-6
Scenic Loop Context Map
Red: paved Yellow: unpaved
![Page 58: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/58.jpg)
The Perimeter Loop Trail is a multi-use
system of connected trails that circles
Pikes Peak, as shown in Figure 3-8. Th i s
system of trails relies on existing roads
and trails, both designated and
u n d e s i g nated, to complete the Loop. Th e
Perimeter Loop Trail has been designed
to connect the Ac c e s s Po r t a l s and create a
pe d e s t r ian system linked to the S c e n i c
L o o p. Trails that lead from the Pe r i m e t e r
L oop Trail to other areas and activities
within Pikes Peak are also accessible. Th e
Perimeter Loop Trail has been cla s s i f i e d
as a “multi-use” trail that is appropria t e
for all trail uses except motorized uses.
In order to maintain safety standa r d s ,
f i nal construction grades of trails may
further limit trail uses.
Recreation Use Centers have been
identified throughout the Pikes Peak
region for a range of specific users. The
concept of Recreation USe Centers
emerged as a means to provide facilities
for all user groups. How and where do
you find areas for both motorized
vehicle recreation or trails and back
county activities such as back packing
and wildlife viewing? The CAG worked
closely with the Managing Partners,
planning consultants and technical
experts to identify Recreation Use
Centers that responded to the program
needs identified by the Recreation User
Survey while not negatively impacting
sensitive lands called out for
preservation. This system of Recreation
Use Centers allows for different needs to
be met without diminishing the quality
of the experience for any recreationalist.
It also provides an opportunity for the
stewards of natural resources to inform
users about appropriate types of
behavior and what they can do to help
preserve sensitive areas and zones.
While these centers are not the only
d e s i g nated location for a pa r t i c u lar use,
they have been defined as the hub or
staging area for the various uses. Fo r
Mountain Biking North Cheyenne Canyon
B a ck Country Activities Back Country Portal
Motorized VehiclesWye Campground
Equestrian CenterGillett
Winter SportsMueller State Park
Water Sports CenterCatamount Ranch Open Space
ClimbingUpper Pikes Peak Highway
TouringRegional Visitors Center
Figure 3-9
Recreation Use Centers Context Map
Figure 3-10
Recreation Use Centers and Locations
Figure 3-8
Perimeter Loop Trail Context Map
![Page 59: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/59.jpg)
e xample, a mountain bike enthusia s t
would be guided through signage to
the Cheyenne Canyon Mountain
Recreation Use Center and would find
information specific to mountain
biking in the entire Pikes Peak region.
The information av a i lable for
mountain biking at the Recreation Us e
Centers could include:
• Mountain bike rules and responsibilities.
• Maps of mountain bike trails in the
specific Recreation Use Center and
throughout the Pikes Peak region.
• Designated facilities and areas for loading
and unloading, maintenance and repair,
and rental concessions are applicable.
Access to the Recreation Use Center
could begin at the Regional Visitor Center
(see description to follow in Projects)
where locations and recreationa l
o p portunities of all Recreation Us e
Centers are described in detail. At each
Recreation Use Center visitors may
gather additional information abo u t
rules and responsibilities and other
l ocations where simular activities are
a p p r o p r iate. Figure 3-10 shows the
s y m bols and locations for spe c i f i c
Recreation Use Centers in the Re g i o na l
Vision Pla n .
Interpretive Centers recognize the
importance of local history and
natural history located throughout the
Pikes Peak region. From the Ute tribe
respecting the region as a sacred place,
hunting grounds and lookout points
to urban growth pressures on water
resources originating on the Peak, the
Interpretive Centers inform visitors and
locals alike about the history, current
issues and the future sustainability of
Pikes Peak. Similar to Recreation Use
Centers, the Regional Visitor Center will ori-
ent the visitor to the Interpretive
Centers throughout the region as
shown in Figure 3-11. Visitors arriving
at the Regional Visitor Center can
receive information on all ten
Interpretive Centers. Displays will
briefly describe the various centers and
provide information to guide the
visitor to them. Figure 3-12 shows the
symbols for each Interpretive Center
and their locations.
Figure 3-11
Interpretive Centers Context Map
Figure 3-12
Interpretive Centers and Locations
Native AmericansPikes Peak Summit
Mining HistoryCripple Creek and Victor
Pikes Peak HighwayPikes Peak Highway & Summit
RailroadsCog Rail Entrance & Divide
EnvironmentalNorth Cheyenne Canyon
AgriculturalD i v i d e
Water ResourcesCrystal Reservoir
WildlifePikes Peak Highway
![Page 60: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/60.jpg)
The Barr Trail is the only hiking trail
whose final destination is the summit of
Pikes Peak. This trail has experienced
overuse resulting in erosion problems
and maintenance issues. Throughout
the planning process, a strong desire
was expressed to find alternative routes
to the summit that would increase
recreational opportunities and reduce
overuse of Barr Trail. The Crags Trail, an
officially recognized trail within the
Pike-San Isabel National Forest, reaches
the summit. This trail originates from
the Crags Campground on the west side
of Pikes Peak, accessible from Highway
67. An extension at the west end of this
system trail would allow a user to
access the Pikes Peak Highway near
Devil’s Playground, cross the highway,
and continue directly eastward toward
the summit without using the highway
as an access route.
An alternative route proposed by the
Regional Vision Plan begins near the
Gillett Portal in the southwest corner of
the study area, adjacent to Highway 67
at Cripple Creek. The proposed
alignment uses an existing trail along
Beaver Creek and proceeds north along
that drainage. This route does not use
an existing system trail, resides within
the Cripple Creek-Victor watershed and
would require careful planning and
design to ensure compatibility with
natural resource management objectives.
Figure 3-13
Alternative Routes to the Summit
Context Map
![Page 61: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/61.jpg)
Projects in the Regional Vision Plan are
uses and activities at the site-specific
scale that incorporate many of the
regional concepts previously described.
Planning and design for projects is
based on existing or proposed concepts
from local planning documents that
coincide with the objectives of the
Regional Vision Plan.
The following seven Gateways and two
Access Points illustrate the interface
between the Regional Vision Plan and
the opportunities near surrounding
communities. It is not intended to show
site-specific designs, but simply to
express the general visions of the
Regional Vision Plan.
The following diagrams reflect the
general understanding of the existing
and proposed concepts and projects of
the Regional Vision Plan.
Each plan identifies the gateway visitor
centers, local portals and recreation use
centers, existing and planned trails, and
proposed trail links. Each of the
community’s facilities is illustrated at an
appropriate scale to reflect the general
local and regional relationships to the
planning area. The conditions and user
levels of the individual existing trails
and facilities have not been evaluated
but are identified as existing access
points for consideration. The diagrams
begin to illustrate the integration of the
local resources with the Regional Vision
Plan concepts.
The Regional Visitor Center is the largest
and most significant single project
recommended by the Regional Vision
Plan. The implementation of this project
requires a significant effort, careful
planning and a considerable time frame
before it is actualized because it
functions as the main hub of
information for the region. An interim
solution should include a visitor stop
with outdoor kiosks that describe the
Regional Vision Plan and the proposed
Visitor Center. The location of this
facility adjacent to Highway 24 ensures
visibility and orients the visitors to the
region as shown in Figure 3-14. Placing
it along Highway 24, close to the Pikes
Peak Highway entrance, is also
important, as this is the major entrance
for a visitor. Pikes Peak Highway is the
most visited attraction in the region and
may be utilized to help both local users
and visitors appreciate and understand
the entire range of recreational and
educational opportunities throughout
the region.
Projects
• Regional Visitor Center
• Manitou Springs Gateway
• Cascade Gateway
• Green Mountain Falls Gateway
• Woodland Park Gateway
• Colorado Springs Gateway
• Cripple Creek & Victor Gateways
• Divide Gateway
• Gillett Portal
• Crystola Portal
• Chipita Park Portal
• Catamount Ranch Open Space
• Enhanced Barr Camp Portal
• Crags Campground Portal
• Mueller State Park Portal
• South Slope Portal
• Wye Campground Portal
• Back Country Portal
• Cheyenne Canyon Portal and
Environmental Education Center
• Gold Camp Road
• Pikes Peak Highway
Figure 3-14
Re g i o nal Visitor Center Context Map
![Page 62: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/62.jpg)
Many formal and informal social trails
and historic links exist in and around
Manitou Springs making it a great
candidate to be a Gateway, as shown in
Figure 3-15. Figure 3-16 demonstrates
the existing and proposed facilities in
the Regional Vision Plan. The Barr Trail
and Cog Railroad provides two major
routes to the Pikes Peak Summit and the
region. Both of these connections, along
with the Iron Springs Trailhead are
accessed by way of Ruxton Road, from
downtown, and function as Portals and
Recreation Use Centers. These two Portals
are extensively utilized by a wide variety
of users creating periods of congestion
The Iron Springs Trailhead also provides
an opportunity to create an access point
along the proposed Perimeter Loop Trail.
The Perimeter Loop Trail, or Multi-Use Trail,
links the Ute Indian and Red Mountain
Trails. The Manitou Mesa Open Space,
located on the southeast side of town,
may also support a third local Portal
along the proposed Perimeter Loop Trail
just north of the Bear Creek Regional
Park. Further consideration should be
given to connections from the adjoining
residential areas to the Ute Indian Trail.
Manitou Springs and the Cog Railroad
have been identified as possible
locations for a regional Historic Railroad
Interpretive Center.
Manitou Springs also serves as an
important regional connection and link
to Colorado Springs by way of the
Fountain Creek, Midland, and Garden of
the Gods trail systems. These
connections reinforce the importance of
Manitou Springs as a Gateway to
provide visitor services such as
information, toilet facilities, telephones,
parking, handicapped access and help
visitors find connections to various
trails for different uses.
Figure 3-15
Manitou Springs Gateway
Context Map
Figure 3-16
Manitou Springs Local Connections
to Regional Concepts
![Page 63: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/63.jpg)
Cascade, a community located on the
eastern side of the Pikes Peak region
could serve as a Gateway, as shown in
Figure 3-17. The community of Cascade
offers two main connections to the
region:the Pikes Peak Highway, and the
Mt. Heizer and Ute Pass Trail links
shown in Figure 3-18. A third element
of the Cascade Gateway is a proposed
Regional Visitor Center.
The historic Pikes Peak Highway is a
natural draw for visitors and would
support a Regional Visitor Center location.
The Regional Visitor Center could be part of
the Highway’s toll facilities or operated
at a different location closer to the
intersection of Highway 24 and
Fountain Avenue. The Regional Visitor
Center would service as a starting point
for eco/adventure tours and tours of the
Pikes Peak region, regional auto tours
and multi-use trail users. With the
connections of the planned Ute Pass,
existing Mt. Heizer, and French trails, a
local Portal may be considered in the
existing Cascade community park.
Figure 3-18
Cascade Local Connections to
Regional Concepts
Figure 3-17
Cascade Gateway Context Map
![Page 64: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/64.jpg)
Green Mountain Falls with its historic
Lakeside Park and Pavilion provides a
unique opportunity for a northern
G a t e w ay to the planned Ute Pass Tr a i l
(see Figure 3-19) . At Green Mountain
Falls, the planned Ute Pass Tr a i l
s e parates from the Highway 24
corridor and enters into the adja c e n t
small communities. Green Mountain
Falls offers the first opportunity south
of Wood land Park for creating a loc a l
visitor center and Po r t a l.
With a possible Po r t a l and winter spo r t s
and Recreation Use Center l ocated in the
existing Lakeside Park, access links
would be provided along existing forest
trails and City water services roads
s h own in Figure 3-20. Green
Mountain Falls supports alterna t i ve
connections to the propo s e d
Catamount Ranch Open Space and
Crystal Creek reservoir facilities. Th e s e
links include the Mount De w e y, New
Catamount, and Felton Thomas Trails.
Unique cultural and natural features of
the area include Catamount Creek Falls
and the Garden of Eden. Winter spo r t s
activities may include ice skating,
sledding and cross country skiing. Th e
Recreation Use Center would provide a
meeting place and parking area.
Figure 3-19
Green Mountain Falls Gateway
Context Map
Figure 3-20
Green Mountain Falls Local
Connections to Regional Concepts
![Page 65: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/65.jpg)
L ocated on the northern edge of the
Pikes Peak region (see Figure 3-21),
Wood land Park offers a broad range of
established services and facilities as well
as regional and local trail connections.
The regional trails include the Ute Pass,
C e n t e n n ial, and American Discove r y
Trails. The American Discovery and Ute
Pass Trail connections are provided via
H i g h w ay 24 running south to Colorado
Springs and west to Divide. Th e
C e n t e n n ial Trail along Highway 67 also
connects Wood land Park to the north.
The Ute Pass and American Discove r y
Trails and Highway 24 provide the
i m portant links north of the identified
Pe rimeter Loop Tr a i l and Scenic Loop.
A community-based Visitor Center and
Gateway is a natural part of the area’s
existing visitor services and facilities.
Visitor services are provided by the
Woodland Park Chamber of Commerce
at the Ute Pass Cultural Center or Lion’s
Park Memorial Visitor Center shown in
Figure 3-22. Several local parks also
provide visitor amenities. An
Agricultural Interpretive Center that focuses
on the historical and continued
significance of agriculture could occur in
Woodland Park.
Local access to the Pikes Peak region is
provided west of town from Meadow
Wood Park and south along Woodland
Avenue in Crystola to other parts of the
region and National Forest land.
Figure 3-21
Woodland Park Gateway
Context Map
Figure 3-22
Woodland Park Local Connections
to Regional Concepts
Ute Pass Cultural Center
![Page 66: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/66.jpg)
The Colorado Springs Gateway is
located on the eastern edge of the Pikes
Peak region (see Figure 3-23) and serves
as a Gateway for the urban populations
of Colorado Springs and surrounding
suburbs. Colorado Springs’ existing
roads and trails provide a broad range
of local and regional connections to the
Pikes Peak region. The North Cheyenne
Canyon Park continues to offer a great
variety of visitor services. As shown in
Figure 3-24, the existing Starsmore
Discovery Center, trailheads and picnic
areas provide supporting facilities for
the proposed local Po r t a l s and visitor
services. A second Po r t a l has been
recommended to the north for the Gold
Camp Road and High Drive Junction.
The Fountain Creek and Ute Pass Tr a i l s
link to statewide trail connections. A
major part of the Pe rimeter Loop Tr a i l i s
completed with the links along
Intermann and High Drive Trails. High
D r i ve also offers an alterna t i ve link to
the Au t o -To u ring Loop through the Old
Stage Road and Bear Creek Drive .
Other trail connections include 26t h a n d
2 1s t S t r e e t s .
Two existing access Po r t a l s along the
western edge of Colorado Springs
already receives heavy use, and, as a
result, an additional Po r t a l is needed to
distribute the vehicles, and reduce the
n e g a t i ve impacts upon these existing
Po r t a l s. The Re g i o nal Vision Pla n
suggests a Po r t a l between Barr Trail and
North Cheyenne Canyon Re c r e a t i o n
Area that links visitors to the Core
Pe rimeter Loop Tr a i l and most recreationa l
activities throughout the region.
Figure 3-23
Colorado Springs Gateway
Context Map
Figure 3-24
Colorado Springs Local
Connections to Regional Concepts
![Page 67: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/67.jpg)
The Cripple Creek and Victor
communities located on the
southeastern edge of the planning area
(see Figure 3-25) share a mining history
and are key stops along the proposed
Auto-Touring Loop, American Discovery
Trail and the Perimeter Loop Trail. The
existing Gold Belt Touring route support
this regional loop system. Local access
to historic sites and points of interest are
made possible as local trails and parks
are created.
Both Cripple Creek and Victor are
communities where local Interpretive
Centers could tell the mining story.
Individual or shared visitor services
may be incorporated into the local
historic parks and museums (i.e., City
Central and Gold Bowl Parks).
An alternative local Po r t a l may be
located at the American Eagle Historical
Park and Lookout, or at the Range View
Road junctions (see Figure 3-26). From
here, links could be created to the
adjacent Cripple Creek, Victor, and Gillett
locations in conjunction with the local
Cripple Creek Trail Plan.
Figure 3-25
Cripple Creek and Victor
Gateways Context Map
Figure 3-26
Cripple Creek and Victor Local
Connections to Regional Concepts
![Page 68: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/68.jpg)
While Divide, like other communities
noted, is outside of the immediate Pikes
Peak region, (see Figure 3-27), this
community provides an important link
to the State and regional trails.
Highways 24 and 67 have been
identified as links in the Perimeter Loop
Trail and in the Auto-Touring Loop. These
links include connections along Four-
Mile and Shelf Roads.
Visitor services have also been identified
for Divide. The services could be loc a t e d
in the existing commercial node at
H i g h w ay 24, the old De pot or in the
H ayden Divide Park South on Highway
67. Also, as part of the Re g i o nal Vi s i o n
P lan, it would share Po r t a l and R e c r e a t i o n
Use Center services with the Mueller State
Park. These concepts would prov i d e
visitors trail and equestrian access to the
Peak through the existing Crag Camp
Ro a d .
Figure 3-27
Divide Gateway Context Map
Figure 3-28
Divide Local Connections to
Regional Concepts
![Page 69: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/69.jpg)
The proposed Gillett Portal and R e c r e a t i o n
Use Center could support a wide range of
r e c r e a t i o nal opportunities. The Re g i o na l
Vision Plan recommends an Recreation Us e
Center t hat would maintain a traditiona l
ranching character while prov i d i n g
services for users of the Pe rimeter Loop
Trail, Au t o -To u ring Loop and local trails.
The plan would utilize existing service
roads and gateways. The Gillett Po r t a l
s h own in Figure 3-29 provides an
o p portunity to enhance access from the
western slope of Pikes Pe a k .
Access to the Pikes Peak Region from
the Cripple Creek and Victor areas on
Highway 67 is very limited. The Gillett
Portal takes advantage of the close
proximity between public lands and
Highway 67. The Portal would provide
needed trailhead facilities and allow
access to the Perimeter Loop Tail (Multi-
Use Trail) and alternative spoke trails
that are additional routes to the summit
(see Figure 3-30). Issues needing
resolution include the design of trails to
safeguard watershed quality. The
capacity of area trails will need to be
assessed for compatibility with the range
of uses that has been recommended by
the CAG and technical experts. The
trails designated multi-use, include
equestrian use, mountain bikes and
hiking. A complete analysis is required
to verify compatibility and capacity with
long-term water quality.
Figure 3-29
Gillett Portal Context Map
Figure 3-30
Gillett Local Connections to
Regional Concepts
![Page 70: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/70.jpg)
Chipita Park lies along the Ute Pass trail
corridor (see Figure 3-31) and provides
an alternative access Portal into the Pikes
Peak region. The community may offer
some level of Portal services such as
parking and water but would require
further local decision-making. The Portal
would be located along Chipita Park
Road, with direct forest access provided
by way of Mt. Esther Trail at the end of
Picabo and Mountain Roads.
Located more in the interior of the Pikes
Peak region (see Figure 3-33), the
Catamount Ranch Open Space Portal
offers sport and multi-use recreational
opportunities. The existing Catamount
Ranch Open Space recreational
development, completed by Teller
County for public open space and
recreation, is in need of additional
Portals. Currently, the region can be
accessed from the North Slope
Recreation Area to the southeast of the
property, but additional access from the
north and west is desirable. An existing
county road would provide the best
access from the north and a new Portal
located on public lands just north of the
property is recommended.
Catamount Ranch Open Space Po r t a l
s e r ves as a Recreation Use Center for water
s ports such as canoeing, fishing and
has a fish ha t c h e r y.
Figure 3-31
Chipita Park Portal Context Map
Figure 3-32
Chipita Park Local Connections to
Regional Concepts
Figure 3-33
Catamount Ranch Open Spa c e
Portal Context Map
![Page 71: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/71.jpg)
The existing Barr Camp, located in the
interior of the Pikes Peak region, (see
Figure 3-34), is an icon of the
community’s love for the Pikes Peak
region. Because of the popularity of this
facility, controlled access strategies
should be devised and a reclamation
strategy developed to address the
historic heavy use of Barr Trail and Barr
Camp facility. This Pikes Peak Regional
Vision Plan endorses the
recommendation that currently exists
for improvements to the Barr Camp.
Recommended enhancements include
improved sanitation systems and
caretakers facilities. The Pikes Peak
Regional Vision Plan also recommends
additional enhancements be considered
to expand the capacity of Barr Camp
without changing its unique character.
The Crags Campground is the only
existing access point along the west edge
of the Pikes Peak region (see Figure 3-
35). It provides a basic camping
experience and access to the Crags
Trailhead. The Regional Vision Plan
recommends that modest expansion of
campsites is appropriate, as well as
increased parking at the trailhead. A
reconfiguration of camp sites and
trailhead facilities should be tested to
improve circulation and functionality of
the limited space available.
The Portal at the Crags Campground
provides connections to the Crags Trail
from the east and intersects the
proposed Perimeter Loop Trail on a north-
south alignment. The proposed Crags
Trail to the east would be an alternative
route to the summit.
Mueller State Park is one of the largest
of the Colorado State Parks system. It is
used extensively for winter sports such
as cross country skiing, and camping
and hiking. This park has become a
significant destination along the west
edge of the Pikes Peak region (see Figure
3-36). Connections from Mueller to the
other recreation systems proposed
within this Regional Vision Plan are
important to both users of the State
Park, as well as users of Pikes Peak.
Issues that remain unresolved include
the designation of a safe trail crossing at
Highway 67.
The west side of Pikes Peak has a history
of equestrian activity and Mueller State
Park provides limited equestrian facilities
to support those users.
Figure 3-34
Expanded Barr Camp Portal
Context Map
Figure 3-35
Crags Camp Portal Context Map
Figure 3-36
Mueller State Park Portal
Context Map
![Page 72: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/72.jpg)
The Portal that connects South Slope
Trails with the Perimeter Loop Trail is at
Wye Campground located in the
southeastern portion of the Pikes Peak
region (see Figure 3-37). A full range of
recreational services would be provided
at this Portal and would include:
camping, picnicking, multi-use trail
users, restrooms, loading and unloading
facilities, trash services, and drinking
water. Trails connect Wye Campground
to Barr Trail and provide an
opportunity to reveal historic sites
previously inaccessible to the public.
Historic hotel sites, a lumber mill site
and early century hydroelectric facilities
remain unexplored because of the
restricted access to the South Slope
watershed. A series of interpretive loop
trials that branch from the main trail
could allow users to see and learn about
the miners from the turn of the century.
Unauthorized access off of the main trail
would not be allowed, because the
surrounding area lies within the Limited
Use Area. A permit would allow users
into areas off of the trail corridor and
into the Limited Use Areas (See Figure 3-
38). Backcountry campgrounds could be
established. These camping areas would
accommodate only small groups within
a single camping site and would require
a reservation at the time of permit
application. The South Slope is a viable
Interpretive Center to tell the “Water
Resource Story.“
Wye Campground represents the only
Portal along Gold Camp Road in the
southeast portion of the Pikes Peak
region (see Figure 3-39). The existing
facilities include a campground and a
trailhead. This area has traditionally has
been used for extensive motorized trail
activities and the Regional Vision Plan
proposes that Wye Campground be
used as a staging area for these
motorized activities. The program for
Figure 3-37
South Slope Portal Context Map
Figure 3-38
Limited Use Areas off the Trail Corridor
Figure 3-39
Wye Campground Portal
Context Map
![Page 73: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/73.jpg)
Wye Campground would also include:
• Loading and unloading facilities
• Parking for cars and small trailers
• Camping and restroom facilities
• Signage
• Maps and trail etiquette information
Many of the existing motorized trails are
adjacent to Limited Use Areas and the
Restoration Zone. Limited Use Areas and the
Restoration Zone. do not overlay trail
corridors, they begin and end along
defined corridor limits. In this way, they
do not coexist on the same land, yet
adjacency issues need to be resolved at
the site scale. Trail-use education
materials should clearly state that use
within the Limited Use Areas and the
Restoration Zones are restricted to trails
only and failure to comply will result in
fines and loss of privileges.
A study to determine the compa t i b i l i t y
of motorized uses and ecosystem
m a nagement objectives on the trails
within the Restoration Zo n e and Limited Us e
Area could recommend preservation,
mitigation and educational approaches
to this challenge. While the study is in
progress, and until measures are
delineated, signage restricting access
be yond the trails should be installed on
all existing trails in these zones.
Access to Wye Campground for small
trailers will be addressed with the
reopening of lower Gold Camp Road to
vehicles when Tunnel Number Three is
reconstructed. The grades from
Colorado Springs to Wye Campground
provide more feasible access to
recreation vehicles than the presently
used Old Stage Road.
A Back Country Portal is recommended
in an area east of Wye Campground, at
the intersection of Old Stage and Gold
Camp Roads. The far southeast corner
of the planning area (see Figure 3-40)
represents what is likely to be the most
remote part of the Pikes Peak region.
This southeast corner is an opportunity
to provide a Recreational Use Center and
experience that currently does not exist
elsewhere in the region: backcountry
packing and camping. A sensitive
system of backcountry camps,
connected by trails into the Beaver Creek
wilderness study area to the south
should be established for use by permit
only. A reservation system for these
campsites would be implemented and a
philosophy of “no-trace” camping
encouraged to minimize the operational
costs of maintaining the backcountry
camping program and preserve the
natural environment.
Figure 3-40
Back Country Portal Context Map
![Page 74: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/74.jpg)
North Cheyenne Canyon is one of the
most accessible mountain Po r t a l along the
west edge of Colorado Springs (see Figure
3-41). The Re g i o nal Vision Plan recom-
mends a Po r t a l be located at Cheye n n e
C a n yon to provide access to the Pe ri m e t e r
Loop Tr a i l and the Starsmore Discove r y
Center in North Cheyenne Canyon.
The designation of a Re g i o nal I n t e r p r e t i v e
C e n t e r for North Cheyenne Canyon as
Environmental Education is due in pa r t
to its existing facilities, the Starsmore
D i s c overy Center. How e ve r, it also
reflects the value of the na t u r a l
resources surrounding the area and
p r ovides convenient access for schoo l
children to utilize the Center.
O p portunity exists for environmental
education throughout the Pikes Pe a k
region, and as they are deve l o ped they
will be described and communicated on
maps and literature, made av a i lable at
the Starsmore Discovery Center. Th e
d e s i g nation of this environmentally rich
area as an Interpretive Center f o r
environmental education is intended to
help coo r d i nate and communicate these
resources and activities throughout the
Pikes Peak region. The Cheye n n e
C a n yon will be a mountain biking
Recreation Use Center.
Re c e n t l y, the Gold Camp Road from
Colorado Springs to Cripple Creek (see
Figure 3-42) was placed on the Nationa l
Register of Historic Places, recognition
t hat elevated the value of the road as a
na t i o nal cultural resource. The U.S.
Forest Service is mandated to protect
cultural resources, and will open the
tunnel to restore the historic automobile
use along this corridor. Since 1988 when
the tunnel collapsed, the lower segment
of Gold Camp Road, located on U.S.
Forest Service land has been closed to
vehicles be yond Tunnel Number Th r e e .
The use of Lower Gold Camp road as a
vehicle corridor contributes to the
overall vision for the Pikes Peak region
in other significant ways that include:
• Improved automobile access to the remote
southern parts of the region.
• Improved universal access for those with
disabilities to a unique and scenic portion
of the study area.
• Improved circulation as part of the Scenic
Loop, a vehicular route that travels
through the study area.
• Consistent with existing forest land
management plan.
• Improved emergency vehicle access and
fire-fighting capacity in a critical urban-
rural interface area.
Figure 3-41
Cheyenne Canyon Portal
Context Map
Figure 3-42
Gold Camp Road Context Map
![Page 75: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/75.jpg)
• Reduced dependency on Old Stage Road, a
steep and dangerous alternative access route
maintains the original investment as a
m o t o rized route and enhances the existing
h i s t o rical resource.
For these reasons, the Re g i o nal Vi s i o n
P lan recommends that the road be
r e paired and re-opened to ve h i c l e s
touring the region. Throughout the
public pa r t i c i pation process, costs and
benefits of re-opening the lower Gold
Camp Road were actively discussed, and
the CAG and TAG concluded that the
benefits outweighted the costs.
There is currently a tremendous amount
of recreational use on the first mile of
Lower Gold Camp Road from High
Drive to the closed tunnel. The
remaining seven and a half miles of
Gold Camp Road is used primarily by
motorbikes and mountain bikes. When
the tunnel is repaired and the road is
reopened to vehicles, all existing uses
would continue.
The Pikes Peak Highway located
between Cascade and the Summit as
shown in Figure 3-43, represents a
significant regional attraction and a plan
exists for its continued improvement.
The planning process tested and
endorsed a series of concepts related to
the further development of the Pikes
Peak Highway.
The issue of paving the upper reaches of
the Pikes Peak Highway was discussed
outside of this planning process. The
City of Colorado Springs concluded that
a hard surface finish would be applied
to the surface of the road where the
gravel surface now exists. In addition,
the managers of the Pikes Peak Highway
have recommended a limited number of
designated camping sites be provided
along the highway corridor for some
visitors. Locating a small amount of
camping in the area between Crystal
Reservoir and Glen Cove may be
feasible, however the design and
construction of these facilities will meet
American Disabilities Act Standards and
will require considerable mitigation to
minimize the environmental and visual
resource intrusion associated with this
highway corridor.
The development of additional services
would affect the nature of visitor
services in the area, and needs further
study. These services may include:
• overnight accommodation
• hiking trails
• evening programs
• 24 hour gate keeping
• emergency service.
Figure 3-43
Pikes Peak Highway Context Map
![Page 76: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/76.jpg)
Water resources are a critical
c o m ponent of the environmental
setting in the Pikes Peak region. Surface
and groundwater resources prov i d e
i m portant regional benefits that have
been deve l o ped, enhanced, and
protected as the Pikes Peak area ha s
g r own. The uniqueness of the Pikes
Peak area is due in part to the high
value of the regional water resources.
The following description provides a
brief overview of the key water
resources elements to the Regional
Vision Plan.
Water Supply
The Pikes Peak area provides an
i m portant component of the water
supply for the Colorado Springs area.
O ver the years Colorado Springs
Utilities has spent millions of dolla r s
acquiring water rights and deve l o p i n g
water collection and storage facilities.
The Constructed Water Supply
Infrastructure Map in the Pikes Peak At l a s
s h ows the location of the major water
supply system elements in the pla n n i n g
area include:
• North and South Catamount Reservoirs
• Crystal Reservoir
• Mason and McReynolds Reservoirs
• Penrose Rosemont Reservoir
• Variety of collection and delivery systems
on the North and South Slopes
While surface supplies are plentiful,
groundwater aquifers are limited and
generally confined to na r r ow valley
corridors. Protecting the quantity and
quality of water supply sources is an
i m portant mission of Colorado Springs
U t i l i t i e s .
Environmental Benefits
The streams, lakes, and wetlands in the
Pikes Peak area provide impo r t a n t
r e g i o nal environmental benefits. Th e y
p r ovide habitat for a broad diversity of
wildlife. Runoff originating in the Pikes
Peak headwaters area supports ripa r ia n
corridors dow n s t r e a m .
Recreation and Benefits
The recreational values provided by the
Pikes Peak area are closely tied to water
resources. Hiking, fishing and camping
experiences are all enhanced by high-
quality lakes and streams. Pressure for
increased recreational access and
opportunities in the area is one of the
reasons a Pikes Peak Multi-Use Plan is
Resource Elements
• Water Resources Resources
• Cultural Resources
• Transportation Resources
• Wildlife Habitat Resources
• Recreational Resources
![Page 77: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/77.jpg)
needed. Preserving the existing quality of
regional water resources is important to
maintain or expand the recreation
values provided by the region.
Evaluation of Final Plan
Each project element of the Re g i o na l
Vision Plan was evaluated with respe c t
to criteria discussed in the Appe n d i x .
Possible po s i t i ve or negative impacts of
project elements on regional water
resources are described be l ow.
The Pikes Peak Regional Visitor Center could
have minor adverse impacts on local
surface and ground water quality due to
increased traffic and other potential
pollution sources. Environmentally
sound measures (i.e., stormwater
retention, buffer strips, minimizing
directly connected impervious areas)
should be incorporated into the site
design. It is also assumed that facility
layout will be selected to avoid impacts
to the Fountain Creek floodplain and
riparian area.
Crystal Reservoir Visitors Center and the
Water Recreation Center around Crystal
Creek Reservoir and North and South
Catamount Reservoirs will greatly
expand recreational use and access to
these water storage facilities. The
increased use and higher intensity of use
have the potential to adversely impact
the quality of water available from this
component of the Colorado Springs
water supply system. In addition, these
storage facilities were not designed with
public access in mind, resulting in
possible safety and vandalism issues.
When planning these recreation projects,
measures should be included for
minimizing facility and user impacts on
reservoir water quality. In addition,
public access to areas critical for
operation and maintenance of the water
development features of the reservoirs
and associated water collection and
delivery systems should be restricted.
Construction impacts could result in
increased sediment loads to creeks. Plans
should include measures to limit the
area and duration of disturbance, and
should include Best Management
Practices to mitigate runoff impacts.
Plans should also include measures to
mitigate possible water quality impacts
of increased tourist use and traffic (trash
management, sanitary services, non-
point pollution prevention).
The Re g i o nal Vision Plan includes
paving Pikes Peak Highway. Th i s
should result in significant benefits in
If you stand at Manitou
& Pikes Peak Railway
platform you can see a
dark swath of trees to the
northeast. This is the
Black Forest, the largest
concentration of
Ponderosa pines in the
country.
![Page 78: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/78.jpg)
reducing erosion from the existing
u n paved road surface and subsequent
d e position of sediment in dow n s t r e a m
w a t e r w ays. Limiting access to buses or
r e g u lating the number of vehicles using
the highway should be considered to
minimize non-point source impacts of
increased vehicle use on water quality.
The Wye Campground Motorized Trail
Center could have adverse impacts on
the watershed by increasing the
potential for erosion (on trails and other
denuded areas), and subsequently
degrading downstream water quality.
Increased vehicle use on trails as well as
visitor services could also have adverse
impacts on water quality. Impacts are
not as serious in this part of the
planning area because it is not a
sensitive zone. However, high use areas
should avoid areas that are tributary to
Rosemont Reservoir, which is part of the
Colorado Springs water supply system.
The various Portals and enhanced trails
and camping areas could all have the
potential for adverse impacts on local
water quality conditions. Standard best
management practices for designing
trails and campgrounds should be
employed to minimize the impacts of
increased hiking and camping use.
Increased vehicle traffic to the Portals and
visitor use of various services at these
locations would increase pollutant
sources in the region. Pollution
prevention measures should be
incorporated into designs to minimize
contact of rain and storm water with
possible pollution sources (e.g., parking
lots, solid waste facilities, septic systems).
A cultural resource prov i d e s
e x perience, materials and an
understanding of the surroundings tha t
helps a community identify with its
h i s t o r y. The Pikes Peak Re g i o na l
Vision Plan suggests various levels of
physical change that impact the
accessibility and natural resources
within the region. It is these cha n g e s
t hat have been important in the
evaluation of the Cultural Resources.
The evaluation of existing cultural
resources begins with a broad regiona l
pe r s pe c t i ve of Pikes Peak. From this
broad pe r s pe c t i ve, a layer of cultural
resources can be identified. The primary
and most obvious resource is the
Summit which holds na t i o nal and state
value as a regional icon. This is follow e d
This memorial plaque found on
the summit of Pikes Peak
commemorates the 100 th
anniversary of the inspiration of
“America the Beautiful” by
Katharine Lee Bates. Source: Design
Workshop, Inc.
![Page 79: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/79.jpg)
by overall wilderness value and
r e c r e a t i o nal opportunities which
contributes to community life and
r e g i o nal identity. The rich historic and
archeological sites and stories of the
region. Fina l l y, there are the surrounding
communities that provide a sense of loc a l
cultural identity for area residents.
The Pikes Peak Multi-Use Plan
considered the impacts that users have
on the physical properties of the
resources with which the surrounding
community identifies, and the
psychological impacts associated with
an increased number of visitors using
an area. For the former, the impact can
be trail deterioration. For the latter, the
impact can be a violation of the sense
of isolation or wilderness found when
encountering a large number of users.
These factors have an impact on the
users perceived value or quality of their
experience and the given cultural
resource. The question raised, is the
landscape discouraging or providing a
positive user’s experience and sense of
identity?
The Re g i o nal Vision Plan provides too l s
to conserve and enhance the user
e x perience and thus protect the valued
resources. The proposed Portals a n d
Recreational Use Centers distribute users ove r
a greater area, reducing the impact on
l ocal or site-specific resources. By
offering expanded visitor oppo r t u n i t i e s ,
the Re g i o nal Vision Plan directs visitors
to lesser-known areas in order to reduce
the concentration of visitors on existing
over-used but be t t e r - k n own resources.
The implementation of regional concepts
and projects also impacts the regiona l
context. While many of the individual
sites will benefit from site improve m e n t s
and reduced daily visitor numbers, the
p r o posed distribution may impact the
e x perience in existing sensitive areas to
l ocal users. Conve r s e l y, non-local users
m ay see the broader distribution of
Recreational Use Centers and Portals as an
i m p r ovement to the regional resource.
The Re g i o nal Vision Plan recommends a
ba lance of new activity areas and greater
access control to existing natural and
cultural resources. The Re g i o nal Vi s i o n
P lan recognizes the opportunities tha t
exist within these resources and seeks to
create a ba lance by building on the
framework of existing roads, trails, pa r k s ,
and Po r t a l s. While these physical loc a l
resources exist, many are under-utilized
t oday. Recognizing the impacts of these
resources and their importance, the Pla n
highlights the under-utilized sites by
Aspens along the Pikes Peak
Highway. Source: The Colorado Springs
Convention and Visitors Bureau
![Page 80: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/80.jpg)
d r awing a new distribution of visitors
across the greater region of the Pikes
Peak region. This includes the efforts to
i m p r ove access and visitor services along
the north and western slopes.
Cripple Creek and Victor are recognized
as important historic resources, with
growing recreational opportunities. The
introduction of Interpretive Centers and
Portals along the western slope, Cripple
Creek and Victor offers a broader range
of wilderness opportunities and local
cultural experiences for visitors. These
expanded services also offer a relief to
the east and south-slope resources.
The Auto-Touring and Perimeter Loop Trail
increase the accessibility for elderly and
disabled community members. Increased
accessibility offers an excellent
opportunity to improve the cultural
resource identity for a growing segment
of the greater regional community. This
is an important benefit when
considering the cultural management
value of strengthening the community
and regional identity.
Suggested improved Pikes Peak Highway
and summit services have been
considered in conjunction with existing
plans for the facilities. These
improvements also include existing day-
use facilities along the highway to
broaden Recreation Use Center
opportunities. As the main gateway, the
highway and summit house present
another opportunity to tell the Pikes
Peak regional story. The Regional Visitor
Center in Cascade, introduces visitors to
the story and provides them with an
opportunity to observe the patterns of
the cultural influences on the landscape.
The planning process has also identified
a variety of local visitor and Interpretive
and Recreation Use Centers . The suggested
centers are intended to provide local
communities with the opportunity to
highlight local cultural resources and
relationships that make up the greater
Pikes Peak region.
While a majority of the local or site-
specific historic and archeological
resources lie outside the planning area
boundaries, they influence the Pikes
Peak experience. The rich mining,
railroad and water resource engineering
history of the area has greatly shaped
the regional landscape. Mining and the
railroads have defined cultural
establishments, while patterns and the
management of watershed lands have
protected and created unique wildlife
Barr Trail is considered
the “granddaddy of trails”
on Pikes Peak, and the
main hiking route to the
top. It was constructed
almost singlehandedly by
Fred Barr, a miner,
between 1914 and 1921.
The trail travels 12.6
miles and gains more
than 7,500 feet of
elevation on its way from
Manitou Springs to the
top, making it one of the
hardest round- trip trails
in Colorado.
Source: Design Workshop, Inc.
![Page 81: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/81.jpg)
habitat and ecosystems. The value in
these cultural resources adds to the
visitor’s experience and establishes
broad relationships with regional
scientific, historical, and recreational
communities.
The Regional Vision Plan considers a
great number of physical changes to the
planning area while reflecting on the
layers of cultural resources that
influence local and regional identity. In
all cases, the Managing Partners need to
continue to evaluate the importance of
the local and regional visitor’s
experience. This includes recognizing the
cultural context of individual cultural
resources and tracking the changes
inherent in the context and physical
conditions of the resources over time.
This may include changing attitudes, as
well as identifying contextual influences
that impact the resources. As part of the
continued evaluation, a planning tool
should be in place to facilitate the
sharing of information required to
adjust to changing conditions across
partnership boundaries.
The transportation plan for the Re g i o na l
Vision Plan consists of an outer
motorized access loop (Scenic Loop) and
an inner non-motorized, multi-use trail
l oop (Pe rimeter Loop Tr a i l), both of which
p r ovide continuous routes around the
Pikes Peak region. These two loops are
linked at several portals at which visitors
can transition from the motorized road-
w ay system to various Recreational Use and
Interpretive Centers t hat are also accessible
from the Pe rimeter Loop Tr a i l. Utilization of
existing roads and trails should be
e n hanced before constructing any new
routes that don’t currently exist.
Scenic Loop
The motorized access loop consists of
U.S. and Colorado State Highways
located on the west, north, and
northeast sides of the plan area. Paved
and unpaved local roads form the
southern and southeastern portions of
the Scenic Loop. Segments of the Scenic
Loop and their regional continuity are
The Pikes Peak COG Rail Road
Source: The Colorado Springs Convention and
Visitors Bureau
![Page 82: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/82.jpg)
described as follows:
• U.S. 24 forms the northeastern and
northern parts of the loop. U.S. 24 has
historically provided, and is expected to
continue to provide, the primary access to
the planning area from Colorado Springs
and other Front Range Communities via
I-25. U.S. 24 is currently a four-lane
highway from Colorado Springs to
Woodland Park on the north. At
Woodland Park, U.S. 24 turns to the west
as a two lane highway, planned by the
Colorado Department of Transportation to
be improved to four lanes. U.S. 24
continues west to Buena Vista and beyond
to connect with U.S. 285 and I-70.
• State Highway (SH) 67 forms the western
part of the loop. SH 67 is a two-lane
highway, connecting Victor and Cripple
Creek in the southern part of the plan
area, to Divide on the north, then
continuing on the U.S. 24 alignment to
Woodland Park, where it turns north and
extends into Douglas County.
• Gold Camp Road is a historic
mountainous gravel road that forms the
southern and southeastern part of the
motor loop. The southeastern segment of
Gold Camp Road that is currently closed
is planned to be reopened. With its
reopening, Gold Camp Road and Old
Stage Road will provide two alternative
routes to U.S. 24 via the Colorado Springs
street system.
Perimeter Loop Trail
The multi-use loop trail will be
established with a combination of
existing, improved, and new trail
segments. It will accommodate all non-
motorized travel, including hiking,
bicycling, and equestrian activity. At
locations where the outer motor loop
and inner trail loop are significantly
separated, trail facilities will also be
provided parallel to the motor loop.
Portals
Access Portals from the Scenic Loop to the
Perimeter Loop Trail are planned at eight
locations. The separation between the
automobile (Scenic) and pedestrian
loops may vary at different Portals, with
distances ranging from approximately
two miles at the Mueller Portal to being
adjacent at the Pikes Peak Regional
Visitor Center. No Portals are planned
on the northern segment of U.S. 24
between Divide and Woodland Park.
Access to the Pikes Peak Summit will be
available via the Pikes Peak Highway,
the Cog Railroad, the Barr Trail, and
four new trail connections that will be
established from the south and west.
The Pikes Peak Highway will be paved
to the Summit.
The 1986 World Cycling
Championships
featured140 bikers
ascending the Peak 18.7
miles from the tollgate to
the top, with a winning
time of 1 hour 50
minutes.
![Page 83: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/83.jpg)
The planned transportation system will
provide enhanced accessibility to and
among recreational activities within the
planning area. The communities of
Victor, Cripple Creek, Woodland Park,
western Colorado Springs, and Manitou
Springs will all h ave enhanced access to
recreational opportunities via the
motorized and non-motorized trail
loops. Likewise, all recreational
opportunities will be connected via the
continuous motorized and trail loops.
New trail connections to the Pikes Peak
Summit will provide additional hiking
opportunities. With the paving of the
Pikes Peak Highway, Summit House
expansion, and general enhancements to
area recreational amenities, Pikes Peak
Highway travel demand can be expected
to increase over time. Implementation
of additional two-way and one-way (for
one-way hikers) bus and van shuttle
programs should be investigated to
enhance access opportunities and reduce
peak period traffic on the highway.
The most significant motorized traffic
concentration will continue to occur at
the Pikes Peak Regional Visitor Center.
Improvements to U.S. 24 access at the
Regional Visitor Center should be
considered as activity increases,
including the potential for a grade-
separated connection from northbound
U.S. 24 at some point in the future.
Parking
It will be important to ensure that
adequate parking is provided to
accommodate peak season demand at
the visitor centers. This is particularly
important at the Colorado Springs and
Manitou Springs Gateways, where an
excess of parking demand could impact
surrounding neighborhoods.
The only significant access reduction in
the Re g i o nal Vision Plan as compa r e d
to the current situation is the
e l i m i nation of the existing seasona l
access from the north to the
Catamount Ranch Open Space area.
Until the existing access is pe r m a n e n t l y
closed, the challenge will be to direct
visitors to Portals on the east and west.
Conservation Concepts
The objective of the conservation concept
is to limit the numbers and acceptable
u sages within the Pikes Peak region.
While this restricted use limits access, it
also conserves recreational enjoyment.
Making the trip from the
eastern plains of Colorado
to the top of Pikes Peak is
like traveling from
Mexico to Alaska, a
journey through five of
the six life zones in North
America.
![Page 84: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/84.jpg)
The second major objective is to
carefully plan and minimize impacts
associated with facilities and trail
systems. In planning trail systems, it is
important to remain flexible in adjusting
trail alignment during planning and
construction.
Wetland and Riparian Areas
Wetland and riparian areas are closely
related and overlap within the Pikes
Peak region. Both are strongly
associated with intermittent and
perennial streams throughout the area.
These are sensitive areas that provide
valuable functions to the Pikes Peak
ecosystem as a whole. Aside from
providing critical wildlife habitat,
wetlands and riparian areas house
unique plant communities, stabilize soils
and preserve and enhance water quality.
Intrusions into these areas should be
minimized at all times. Trail systems
should be carefully planned to minimize
impacts. Appropriate measures should
be taken to discourage people from
wandering away from the designated
trails. Both wetlands and riparian areas
are, to some degree, regulated by the US
Army Corps of Engineers (COE). COE
regulations require a permit for any
disturbance that takes place within
wetlands or waters of the United States.
The Bighorn Sheep is the
official state animal of
Colorado. It inhabits the
Pikes Peak region that
extends from the Garden
of the Gods to the summit
of the Peak.
Source: Colorado Springs Utilities
![Page 85: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/85.jpg)
Threatened and Endangered
Species and Wildlife Habitat
Threatened and endangered species
must be addressed on a species-by-
species basis under the jurisdiction of
the United States Fish and Wildlife
Service (USFWS). The USFWS may
require surveys for specific projects or
areas as well as management practices
for certain activities. Wildlife habitat is
strongest when habitat fragmentation is
kept to a minimum. It is also important
to provide suitable travel corridors
between major habitat areas to facilitate
seasonal movement and a healthy
exchange between isolated populations.
Travel corridors must be wide enough
to provide safe passage and should be
relatively free of human activities
and/or restrictive barriers such as high
traffic roads.
Alpine Tundra
Alpine tundra is the most sensitive
ecotype within the Pikes Peak planning
area. Currently, this is one of the most
ecologically disturbed ecotypes within
the master planning area. Only a small
number of specially adapted plants can
survive in this inhospitable climate.
Those that are capable of survival have
very slow growth rates. For example, a
ten-foot tall tree at timberline is well
over 100 years old. Fragile lichen and
plant communities grow extremely
slowly. Decades of growth can be wiped
out by a carelessly laid footstep. For
these reasons, tundra is highly
susceptible to degradation through
human activities.
Gateways and Portals
The concept of Gateways and Portals
should enhance the conservation of
Pikes Peak natural resources. Controlled
access points should be very useful in
managing and controlling the area’s
usages and their associated impacts.
Direct impacts to resources should be
minimized when planning and
constructing new facilities, but overall
impacts should be negligible due to their
perimeter location.
Summit House Road & Trail Sys t e m
I m p r ovements to this area are needed to
c o n s e r ve and enhance the existing tundra
resource. Paving the Pikes Peak Highway
will reduce erosion and disturbance of
habitat. The greatest concern is the trail
system through this area. Effective l y
reducing foot traffic on or over tundra
areas will conserve and protect this
e c o t y pe. New trails should be minimized
Timberline on Pikes Peak
Source: Design Workshop, inc.
![Page 86: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/86.jpg)
and adhering to the trail system must be
strictly enforced. Signage and interpretive
education programs are also effective
measures for persuading recreationa l i s t s
to obey barriers.
Interpretive and
Recreation Use Centers
The Cheyenne Canyon Interpretive
Center should provide excellent
educational opportunities given its
proximity to a multitude of natural
resources. However, this proximity
must also be considered in planning. If
the center is targeted toward attracting
large groups, it may well defeat its
purpose. Groups larger than 25 tend to
disrupt natural communities and should
be discouraged from interpretive walks
unless small groups can be formed.
Gillett Portal
The Gillett Portal must be carefully
considered and planned. The proximity
to sizeable wetlands and riparian areas
enhances the potential for adverse
environmental impacts to water quality.
Also, use of weed-free hay must be
required to prevent the spread of
noxious weeds. Livestock is notorious
for denigrating stream banks and
influencing water quality. Proper
consideration must be given to these
issues when planning this site.
Wye Campground and Trails
Motorized vehicles are always a
detriment to natural areas. They can
spoil the experience of those who have
chosen a non-motorized mode of
transportation or are seeking a
wilderness experience. Limiting
motorized use to segments of the
planning area as indicated by the plan
properly addresses the way to
accommodate multiple uses.
People are drawn to the Pikes Peak
region for its natural landscape beauty
and recreational opportunities. While
the surrounding communities offer a
variety of cultural experiences, they all
share a common resource in the Peak.
Outside of the Garden of the Gods, the
Pikes Peak Summit House and Highway
attracts the greatest number of regional
visitor per year than any other natural
feature in our region. The Peak provides
the basis for the communities
recreational opportunities, such as trail,
fishing, biking, climbing, and camping.
These outdoor wilderness and
recreational opportunities account for a
large percent of the six million plus
annual visitors to the region.
Snow MobilingSource: Design Workshop, Inc.
![Page 87: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/87.jpg)
The major attractions and resources
within the region are:
• Mueller State Park (the largest in the area)
• Barr Camp and Trail
• Cog Railroad
• Gold Camp Road
• North Cheyenne Canyon
• Historic Gold Fields
• Pikes Peak Highway and Summit House
• Catamount Reservoir
• Crags Campground
• The Pikes Peak Hill Climb
• Pikes Peak Marathon and Assent
• Gold Belt Auto-Tour
• Old Stage Road
• Seven Falls
The noted major resources are also
s u p ported by local community programs
t hat celebrate the area’s rich natural and
historic la n d s c a pe, such as the Run of the
Garden of the Gods, Pikes Pe a k
Marathon, the Pikes Peak Highla n d
Games, and Donkey De r by Day s .
The goals of the Regional Vision Plan
have recognized the benefits and
impacts of the existing recreational
activities on the areas cultural and
natural resources. Through careful
consideration and analysis the plan
seeks to broaden the range of
recreational opportunities while
managing areas of sensitive ecological
value.
The efforts to introduce new
opportunities are combined with
programs that restore damaged
environmental and historic landscapes.
These areas include the proposed
restoration zones along the east slopes
and limited access to the south slope.
Supporting a broader range of
opportunities, the plan formalizes an
interior Perimeter Loop Trail, Auto-Touring
Loop and a series of Portals and Recreation
Use Centers. The formalization of these
access points provides greater year-
round accessibility to the planning area
for a greater range of users.
By defining an Au t o -To u ring Loop and re-
establishing a connection along Gold
Camp Road the propo sal recognizes a
range of community recreational needs.
Considered as a lost cultural resource, the
historical Gold Camp road auto-by w ay
once again meets the needs of an aging
and less physical po p u lation. The Au t o -
To u ring Loop i m p r ovements also enha n c e
fire and service access that protects the
resources and users expe r i e n c e s .
Through the development of Portals and
Recreation Use Centers the plan begins to
identify suitable land and recreational
opportunity relationships that support
Winter RecreationSource: Design Workshop, Inc.
![Page 88: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/88.jpg)
the regional landscape vision.
Controlling access points for such
activities as motorized vehicle use allows
the Managing Partners the opportunity
to consider and control broad range
landscape restoration programs, while
improving services for given resource
users. Individual levels of attention will
be given to parking, water, landscape
restoration and camping amenities, with
the development of each Recreation Use
Centers. The addition of local Portals and
Recreation Use Centers also becomes
important as a means of identity
directing regional users to appropriate
activity areas and more evenly
distributing users across the study area.
As with the cultural resource analysis,
the recreational resources and user’s
experiences benefit from reduced user
concentrations. An example of the
resource distribution benefits can be
seen with the proposed trail alignment
concepts. The plan first attempts to
consider multiple routes to major
destination points from different
accesses that reduce the user pressure
on individual trails. Second, parallel
routes are eliminated, as a means of
reducing maintenance costs, and
unnecessary accesses that contribute to
environmental degradation and demand
management resources. In both cases
the cost of maintenance can be focused
on a few primary trails, providing high
quality amenities that hold up better for
to a growing number of users.
Other expanding recreational
opportunities can be associated with the
proposed Portals into the South Slope
area, Teller County’s Catamount Ranch
Open Space site and reservoir access,
and the Gillett Portal. The Catamount
Ranch Open Space Portal is intended to
offer new water and winter sport
opportunities. The Portal would include
fishing facilities and trail information for
backcountry skiing. With these
improvements and the relationships
possible with the Crags Campground
and Mueller State Park regional users
are offered an enhanced western slope
recreational destination. The Gillett
Portal would serve multiple users, and
also establish a new remote equestrian
center along the southwest slopes of the
Peak. Again, the Portal would help
broaden the access and recreational
opportunities and provide relative
services within the historic context of
the regional landscape.
The South Slope limited use propo sa l
combines new regional oppo r t u n i t i e s .
First the limited use/and or permitted use
![Page 89: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/89.jpg)
Land within the boundaries of the Pikes Peak Multi-Use Plan is owned by six different
entities and falls into multiple jurisdictions and spheres of influence. The recommended
management structure for the Pikes Peak Multi-Use Plan is a composite of the
Cooperative Management Agreement/Independent/Non-Profit models as described in
the Planning Process Section. Each land owner implements the plan for their jurisdiction
and existing long-standing agreements and partnerships are supported by the Vision
Plan. This model is supplemented by Leaders of the Vision, Managing Partners, and the
Non-Profit Foundation. The role of each entity is defined by their policies, land
management tools, and relative strengths.
Source: From the Collection of Paul Gilbert, Sr., Colorado Division of Wildlife, Retired
![Page 90: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/90.jpg)
Managing Partners
• Colorado Springs Utilities -
Water Resources
• U.S. Forest Service Pikes Peak
Ranger District
• Bureau of Land Management
• El Paso County
• Teller County
• Colorado Division of Wildlife
• Colorado State Forest Service
• City of Manitou Springs
• City of Woodland Park
• Town of Cripple Creek
• Town of Green Mountain Fa l l s
• Town of Victor
• Pikes Peak - Am e rica’s Mountain
• Colorado Springs Parks
The following roles of the management
entities are recommended:
The U.S. Forest Service Pikes Peak
Ranger District and Colorado Springs
Utilities have served as the leaders for
the planning process and the resulting
vision created in the Pikes Peak Multi-
Use Plan. These two entities should
continue to champion the resource and
the vision. The continued cooperation
of these two entities will ensure a
dynamic partnership that can meet all
of the management objectives
established for the project.
All entities that have management
responsibilities within the Pikes Peak
area have met regularly throughout the
planning process for the Pikes Peak
Multi-Use Plan to provide information,
insight, recommendation, and
comments. on key concepts. The
synergy created by these meetings has
significantly benefited the outcome.
It is recommended that a Memorandum
of Understanding (MOU) be developed
among the agencies to agree to meet on
a regular basis (at a set interval to be
determined). This quarterly worksession
would discuss actions and
Pikes Peak Multi-Use Plan
Colorado Springs UtilitiesU.S. Forest Service Pikes
Peak Ranger District
501 c3 Non-ProfitFoundation
Bureau of LandManagement
ColoradoSprings Utilities- Water Re s o u r c e s
Department ofWildlife
U.S. ForestService PikesPeak Ranger
District
El Paso County Teller CountyTowns
and CitiesOthers
Figure 4-1
Recommended Management
Structure
![Page 91: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/91.jpg)
implementation strategies related to the
Pikes Peak Multi-Use Plan.
Each land owner has a significant
r e s ponsibility to implement the Multi-
Use Plan within their jurisdiction.
These include:
U.S. Forest Service (USFS)
- Pikes Peak Ranger District
The USFS will be responsible for
operational and stewardship functions
on national forest lands and continue to
serve as the primary land manager.
Colorado Springs Utilities (CSU)
- Water Resources
CSU will continue to operate and be
co-stewards of their watersheds in
national forest land under current
management agreements.
Bureau of Land Management (BL M )
BLM will be responsible for operational
and implementation functions of the
plan for the land under their control. In
some instances this has been delegated
to the USFS.
El Paso and Teller Counties
The counties should adopt the
recommendation from the Pikes Peak
Multi-Use Plan into their respective
County Comprehensive Plans.
Cities and Towns of Cripple Creek,
Green Mountain Falls, Manitou
Springs, Victor and Woodland Park
The cities and towns should adopt the
recommendations from the Multi-Use
plan into their respective local master
plans. Manitou Springs will continue to
be co-stewards of national forest lands
under current management agreements.
Colorado Division of Wildlife (DO W )
Colorado DOW will continue to
participate in the greenback cutthroat
trout program in cooperation with CSU
and the USFS. They will continue in
their role as primary steward of wildlife
resources and manage both hunting and
fishing recreation.
Colorado State Forest Service (CSFS )
The CSFS will continue to provide
guidance on forest resource issues and
wildlife response coordination on non-
federal lands.
Colorado State Parks
A Portal at Mueller State Park should be
proposed.
![Page 92: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/92.jpg)
A Non-Profit Foundation serves as the
facilitator, fund-raiser, project manager,
liaison between agencies and
landowners, and involves local
communities in volunteer projects and
special events. The Foundation board
and members serve as the "vision
keeper." The Foundation does not get
involved in regulatory processes.
A comprehensive technical process was
part of the planning process to
c haracterize the capacity of the
la n d s c a pe to support land uses. All
program elements were evaluated, as
well as additional generic uses such as
r e s i d e n t ial and commercial. A full
e x p la nation of this technical proc e s s
has been described in the Pla n n i n g
P r ocess section of this doc u m e n t .
The Carrying Capacity Map (see page
20) was created by the Technical
Advisory Group (TAG). These advisors
consisted of 14 resource planners
knowledgeable of the planning area.
They defined the individual landscape
features that characterize carrying
capacity and then developed the
weighting factor by which they were
combined. Once the Carrying Capacity
Map was created and segmented into
seven capacity zones, this same group of
resource planners established the kinds
of uses appropriate within each capacity
zone. This carrying capacity evaluation
will serve as a long-term management
tool that can be used to identify
potential conflicts with future proposed
uses. Since virtually every potential
land use has been evaluated, Figure 4-2
and the Capacity Map can be used to
evaluate the potential impact of any
future land use proposal, such as trail
alignments, camping sites, etc.
This Program/Capacity Fit Matrix lists
all uses appropriate within each capacity
zone. Since Zone One has the highest
capacity and Zone Seven the lowest
capacity, the list of uses diminishes as
the landscape's capacity to support it
diminishes.
![Page 93: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/93.jpg)
![Page 94: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/94.jpg)
Use Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 4 Zone 5 Zone 6 Zone 7
Agriculture √ √ √Auto Touring √ √ √ √Backpacking √ √ √ √ √Bird Watching √ √ √ √ √ √Boy/Girl Scout Camp √ √ √Braille Trail √ √ √Camping Area - developed √ √ √Camping Area - dispersed √ √ √Cog Railway √ √ √Commercial Outfitters √ √ √ √Environmental Education Facility √ √ √ √Exploring √ √ √ √ √ √Hunting √ √ √ √ √ √Interpretive Site √ √ √ √Living History Site √ √ √Lodging - cabins √ √ √Lodging - motel √ √Lodging - single family √ √ √Logging √ √ √Mineral Collecting (rockhounds) √ √ √ √Mining √ √ √Narrow Gauge Railroad √ √ √ √Observatory √ √ √ √Open Space √ √ √ √ √ √ √Overnight Hut System √ √ √ √ √Picnic Area √ √ √ √Public Transportation Shuttle √ √ √ √Races - automotive √ √ √Races - bicycle √ √ √ √Races - foot √ √ √ √Research Facility √ √ √ √Resort √ √ √Roadless Area √ √ √ √ √ √Roads - Pikes Peak Highway √ √ √ √Roads - other √ √ √ √Rock Climbing √ √ √ √Shooting Range √ √ √Shore Fishing √ √ √ √Snowmobiling √ √ √Snowshoeing √ √ √ √ √Summit House √ √ √ √Toilet Facilities √ √ √Trailhead Parking √ √ √Trails - cross country skiing √ √ √ √ √Trails - equestrian √ √ √ √Trails - hike √ √ √ √ √ √Trails - motorized use (ATV, 4WD, motorcycle) √ √ √Trails - mountain bike √ √ √Utility Corridor √ √ √Visitor Center √ √ √Water Access Site - boat launch √ √ √Water Resource Preserve √ √ √ √ √ √ √Water Storage √ √ √ √ √Wildlife Preserve √ √ √ √ √ √
Figure 4-2
Potential Land Use
in Carrying Capacity
Zones
![Page 95: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/95.jpg)
M a nagement Guidelines have be e n
defined for areas within the study area
t hat may require spe c ial mana g e m e n t
t ools to mitigate challenges faced by the
M a naging Partners in achieving the
p u r pose of preserving natural resources
while providing recreationa l
o p portunities. Management guidelines
have been described be l ow for six
system-wide zones: wetlands, ripa r ia n
areas, wildlife and recreation areas,
unique species and conservation zones,
f l ood p lains, erosion prone areas, and
fire hazard areas. Many of the
guidelines described be l ow follow the
Pikes Peak Watershed Forest Management Plan.
These Landscape Mana g e m e n t
Guidelines are recommended for
relevant zones within the Pikes Pe a k
M u l t i - Use Plan study areas.
Wetlands are defined as those areas that
are inundated or saturated by surface or
groundwater enough to support
vegetation typically adapted to wet soil
conditions. A wetland has certain
characteristics that distinguish it from
other natural ecosystems. Wetland soils
contain little or no oxygen and are
saturated for varying periods of time
during the growing season. Certain
plants are adapted to living in wet, low-
oxygen conditions and thrive in wetland
areas. When compared to other natural
habitats in the region, wetlands support
a greater number of bird, mammal, and
amphibian species.
Wetlands are well known for the role
they play in protecting water quality,
but they also provide a broad range of
other functions of value to the
community. Wetlands are known to be
critical in the functions of:
• Groundwater recharge/discharge
• Flood water retention/detention/storage
• Shore-line anchoring
• Sediment trapping
• Nutrient retention
• Food chain support
• Fish and wildlife habitat
• Recreation
Figure 4-3 shows wetland types and
l ocations within a typical uppe r
mountain valley. Not all wetla n d s
p r ovide all of these functions, and most
p r ovide only a few to a very high degree.
Wetland mitigation measures include
restricting vehicle access into the
![Page 96: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/96.jpg)
surrounding area, creating open water
habitat, modifying wetland plan
communities, and instituting
maintenance and monitoring programs.
The primary method of modifying
wetland plant communities should be
the removal of less desirable plant
species and revegetation with native
wetland species. Baseline and long-term
data on soil, water, and habitat
conditions should be gathered.
Management efforts will respond to
monitoring information to insure long-
term mitigation project success.
Vegetation management options include
water drawdowns, burning, cutting,
flooding, herbicide, and planting.
In addition to management guidelines,
general guidelines are recommended as
follows:
Figure 4-3
Wetland Types and Their Locations
Source: Illustration adapted from S.Q.
Foster in U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service 1888)
![Page 97: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/97.jpg)
• Design roads and trails so as not to
impede the natural hydrology including
the inflow and outflow of flood waters.
• Provide cross-drainage during both
flooded and low-water periods. Locate
roads on well drained soils.
• Construct all fill of granular, free-draining
material. Do not take road-building
materials from wetland sites.
• Consider the use of geotextile fabric in
construction to increase the bearing
strength of the road; minimize fill
requirements, disturbance, and
maintenance costs.
• To ensure adequate drainage, minimize
surface-water velocities, discourage rutting
and erosion, use surface drainage
techniques such as:
- crowning,
-• insloping and outsloping,
-• 2 percent minimum grade,
-• surface gravel and maintenance.
• Where the organic layer is greater than 48
inches thick:
-• place a layer of geotextile fabric;
-• place a layer of “corduroy” logs,
parallel to each other across the
roadbed;
-• place 12 inch thick layer of porous fill
(e.g., large stone, chunkwood which is
lighter in weight), anticipate that the
roadbed will sink into the organic
material.
-• the fill will allow passage of
subsurface and surface waters.
• Where temporary roads are necessary:
-• consider the use of wooden mats,
geotextiles, and metal platform devices;
-• consider loosening compacted surfaces
after use is completed; and
-• use temporary stream crossings; design
them to be removable/portable in case
of flooding.
• Build only what is currently necessary.
• Construct roads and trails when ground is
frozen to preserve the integrity of the root
mat as much as possible.
• Do not undertake construction during
spring thaw and other wet periods.
• Use signage to indicate sensitive areas.
• Divert outflow from drainage ditches
before they enter wetlands.
Construct ditches on both sides of the
r o a d bed to collect surface and
subsurface water, channel waters
through culverts, and disperse waters
![Page 98: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/98.jpg)
again on the dow n s l o pe side; orient
ditches parallel to the roadbed; pla c e
them at a distance from the roadbe d
equal to three times the depth of the
organic soil; dig them as deep as the
c u l verts. Figure 4-4 demonstrates
mitigation for stream crossings.
To collect surface and subsurface water,
construct ditches on both sides of the
roadbed. Channel waters through
culverts, and disperse waters again on
the downslope side.
Figure 4-4
Management Objectives for Stream
Crossings Source: Design Workshop, Inc.
![Page 99: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/99.jpg)
![Page 100: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/100.jpg)
The BLM defines riparian ecosystems as
“land transitional between aquatic and
upland habitats that is characterized by
hydric soil and distinctive vegetation
requiring free or unbound water.”
Riparian corridors serve a variety of
functions that can be categorized into
four general areas: water quality,
wildlife/aquatic life, water quantity, and
aesthetics1.
Riparian areas play a disproportionately
large role in maintaining biodiversity,
especially in Colorado and other
western states. The hydrology and
vegetation of riparian areas - usually
starkly contrasting with surrounding
habitats - create very high biological
diversity. For example, of the 627
vertebrate species listed by the Colorado
Division of Wildlife, 458 species (73
percent) use riparian, stream, lake, or
marsh habitat types for at least some
part of the year. More than 80 percent
of Colorado breeding birds are
dependent on riparian areas. Figure 4-5
shows stream-side plant communities
and changes with elevation.
The management guidelines according to
riparian functions are described below:
• WATER QUALITY. The efficacy of vegetated
buffers in maintaining water quality,
including sediment removal, fecal coliform
reduction, nutrient reduction, and
stormwater runoff management generally
increases with buffer width. The
recommended buffer width is 100 to 400
feet, however, buffer widths may change
pending the implementation and
guidelines of the Colorado State Water
Assessment and Protection Program.
• SEDIMENT CONTROL. Recommendations for
this vary from 10 feet for filtering sand
up to 289 feet for filtering clay.
• TE MPER ATURE CONTROL. The relative
degree of shading provided by a buffer
s t rip depends on a range of factors such
as species composition, age of stand, and
density of vegetation. Buffer strips with
widths of 98 feet or more generally
provided the same level of shading as
that of an old-growth stand.
• WILDLIFE HABITAT PROTECTION.
Recommended buffer widths for protecting
Figure 4-5
Stream-side Plant Communities
![Page 101: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/101.jpg)
wildlife habitat ranged from 98 feet for
salmonid, 220-328 feet for small
mammals, 246-656 feet for some birds,
during the breeding season, and 328 for
large mammals.
Because they are attractive to people,
riparian areas endure a multitude of
human uses and are degraded. Trail
projects can be catalysts for restoring
such areas, because they help
concentrate human use and thereby
reduce trampling, and the impact of
people in riparian areas. By
understanding the relative quality of
riparian areas, it may be possible to find
places within the riparian zone for trails
that will have less impact on wildlife.
Plants in riparian soils are especially
vulnerable to trampling because
compacting soils damages and limits
roots, reduces aeration, decreases soil
water, and destroys soil structure.
Where horses, pedestrians, and others
cross streams, erosion can result which
may affect fish habitat. Also, if rest
rooms are not available the impacts of
human waste may be considerable.
Fishing is a type of managed recreation
that has direct impacts on habitat, as
well as fish. Of special concern are the
extensive social trails often created along
banks by anglers, sometimes in sensitive
riparian areas.
Recommendations
• REGIONAL BALANCE. Looking across the
landscape or region, find a balance
between the riparian areas that have trails
and those devoted to wildlife conservation.
• HABITAT RESTORATION. Use the process of
building trails as a catalyst to restore
degraded stream corridors.
• REMOVING GRAZING. Whenever possible,
use a trail as a catalyst to restrict cattle
and other stock from good quality
riparian areas.
• STRATEGIC ENTRIES INTO RIPARIAN ZONE.
For both habitat and maintenance
reasons, it is better to run a trail just
outside the riparian area (perhaps on a
topographic bench) and bring it in at
strategic places, than to keep it
continuously close to a riparian area.
• NOT ENCIRCL ING PONDS. In routing a trail
near a pond or lake, don't run it completely
around the body of water. Instead, leave
some shoreline without a trail to allow
water birds the option of moving away
from people to the far side of the pond.
• BEAVER PONDS AS ATTRACTIONS.
Occasionally taking a trail to beaver
![Page 102: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/102.jpg)
ponds may provide an opportunity for
trail users to see wildlife habitat close at
hand. Beaver are not as likely to be
disturbed by recreationalists as other
wildlife, but be careful of sensitive species
that also use beaver ponds.
• STREAM CROSSINGS. Minimize the number
of times a trail crosses a stream. However,
stream crossings may be needed to avoid
critical habitat areas.
• STREAM CONFLUENCES. Avoid crossings
where two or more streams come together.
These are particularly important nodes for
wildlife.
• STRE A M BUFFERS. To maintain natural
processes along a stream corri d o r,
maintain an interior or upland buffer on
both sides of a stream, which is wide
enough to control over-land flows from the
s u rrounding landscape, provide a conduit
for upland species, and offer suitable
habitat for floodplain species displaced by
beaver flooding or channel migration.
• POOR RIPARIAN HABITAT. In riparian areas
of variable habitat quality, route a trail
closer to a stream where habitat quality is
poorer.
• APPROACHING STREAMS. Give trail users the
opportunity to be near water or they will
find ways themselves, likely with greater
overall impact than if a trail is provided.
• WIDER CONSERVATION. Use public support
of trails to protect riparian corridors.
• RESTORING WETLANDS. Restore wetlands
near a trail to expand cover, food, and
nesting opportunities.
![Page 103: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/103.jpg)
![Page 104: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/104.jpg)
Management of wildlife and recreation
zones requires a three step process
described in Figure 4-6:
• Get the whole picture
• Consider alternative alignments
• Build and manage the trail
The following “Checklist” outlines a
series of actions to take and questions to
ask when planning, designing,
implementing and managing wildlife
habitat interaction with recreationalists2.
Get the Whole Picture
Include Wildlife in the Trail Vision
1. Examine the broader landscape.
What opportunities or constraints are
there for trails and wildlife in the
broader landscape? What plans are
there for other trails or wildlife
across the landscape? In general,
what kinds of landscapes would the
trail pass through? Would any be
areas that currently have no trails
and little human modification?
Would there be any cumulative trail
impacts by adding a new trail?
2. Develop preliminary goals for the
project. What activities would occur
on the trail? What are the wildlife
goals for the project?
3. Develop initial trail concepts. What
destinations, users, and activities
would occur on the trail?
4. Keep wildlife concerns within the
focus of the project vision. Are there
biologists or other professionals
available to advise on wildlife and
trails concerns?
5 . L ook for opportunities to coo r d i na t e
the trail project with conservation and
other complementary projects.
Organize & Communicate
1. Create a profile of the kinds of users
who are likely to use the trail. What
are likely levels and seasons of use?
Are there organizations that would
be interested in the trail project?
Get the Whole Picture
1Include wildlife in
the Trail Vision
2Organize andcommunicate
3Research and
inventory
ConsiderAlternativeAlignments
1Prepare and evaluate
alternatives
2Design the trail
Build andManage the Trail
1Acquire and construct
the trail
2Monitor and manage
the trail
Figure 4-6
Wildlife and Trails Checklist
![Page 105: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/105.jpg)
2. Identify the groups interested in
wildlife in the trail area. What wildlife
and conservation organizations
would be interested to know about
the trail project?
3 . S hare ideas and findings with other
community members, including bo t h
trails and wildlife enthusiasts, prope r t y
owners, and land managers. Who are
people and organizations that would
feel strongly for or against the project?
4. Meet with agency planners. Are there
city or county land-use planners and
federal or state resource planners
who understand the broader context
of the area for the proposed trail? Is
there an area-wide land-use, open
space, or trails plan? If the trail might
cross federal land, is there an existing
management plan? Is the trail
concept consistent with these plans?
5. Start a public discussion of the trail
and its implications for wildlife. What
are the best ways to reach the
various groups interested in the trail?
What are the wildlife issues that must
be addressed in planning the trail?
Research and Inventory
1. Determine the physical extent of the
project.
2. Conduct a preliminary biological
inventory. What are the area's
sensitive plants, animals, and wildlife
habitats? How impacted already are
wildlife in the area?
3. Determine the habitat/ecosystem
types present in the area of the
proposed trail and the potential
species or communities of special
concern. What do the Colorado
Natural Diversity Information Source
(www.ndis.nrel.colostate.edu) and
other sources indicate are likely
species or communities of special
interest in the area?
4. Draw inferences from scientific
studies done in similar habitats or
with similar wildlife species. Does the
Colorado State Parks wildlife/trails
bibliographic data base include any
such relevant references?
5. Learn from others who have
completed projects with similar
wildlife issues.
![Page 106: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/106.jpg)
6. Review data found to date and
conduct a site visit with a wildlife
biologist or other scientists to identify
po t e n t ial wildlife opportunities and
constraints. Which areas would
p r ovide the most interesting route
and have the least impact on wildlife?
7. Identify seasons of special concern
for the important wildlife species or
communities. Are there alternatives
for the trail away from such areas?
Would seasonal closures of a trail
near such areas be workable?
8. Identify important plants in the area.
Are there any sensitive plant species
or communities in the area? Are
there ways to present these
communities to trail users without
disturbing sensitive species?
9. Evaluate the extent of existing
impacts to wildlife and the
landscape. How much have humans
already modified the area? Is the area
primarily natural, managed,
cultivated, suburban, or urban? Will
the trail provide access to back-
country or areas that have never had
trails before?
11. Take a step back. What has been
learned at this point? How well will
this project fit into its larger
ecological context?
12. Formalize the project goals. Revise the
p r e l i m i nary project goals based on
w hat has been learned. What do
m e m bers of the public and others
think of the project goals?
Consider Alternative Alignments
Prepare and Evaluate Alternatives
1. Create distinctive alternative plans.
Develop alternative plans that
maximize the opportunities and
minimize the constraints for wildlife.
Especially look for opportunities to
coordinate the restoration of
degraded habitats. Get professional
help preparing and evaluating
alternatives, if possible. Where an
existing trail is to be improved,
alternatives might include different
management strategies.
2. Consider alternatives for trailheads
and other support facilities. Sites for
trailheads and parking areas are
sometime overlooked in evaluating
wildlife impacts of trails. They need
careful design and review.
![Page 107: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/107.jpg)
3. Evaluate the alternatives. Conduct an
internal evaluation of the alternatives
using the goals set earlier.
4. Ask others to help evaluate the
alternatives. Conduct an external
evaluation of the alternatives with
wildlife biologists or other agency
personnel, public, environmental
groups, landowners, land managers,
and others, as appropriate.
Summarize the pros and cons of
each alternative.
5. Select a preferred plan. Review the
comments made during the
evaluation process and select one of
the alternatives or create a hybrid
plan incorporating the best qualities
of two or more plans.
Design the trail
1. Refine the selected plan. Develop site
designs, budgets, and timetables.
2 . De velop management strategies.
Consider how the trail will be
m a naged, maintained, and monitored.
3. Develop an environmental education
plan. The plan should explain how
to communicate to trail users the
specific wildlife issues of this trail.
4 . De velop a volunteer plan. Outline
s u p port tasks for involving vo l u n t e e r s
in monitoring or managing wildlife.
5. Conduct a final review of the plan
and its components. Review the
final plan with a wildlife biologist
and other specialists to make certain
all the parts went together in ways
that support wildlife.
Build and Manage the Trail
Acquire and Construct the Trail
1 . L ook for opportunities for
complementary conservation. In
acquiring the land needed for the trail,
l ook for additional areas that can be
set aside for wildlife conservation at
the same time and for the partners to
implement such efforts.
2. Implement the plan. Be careful to
impact wildlife as little as possible
during construction.
3. Communicate to all interested parties.
Share the progress about the trail
and what is being learned about co-
existing with wildlife.
Monitor and Manage the Trail
1. Manage the trail. Implement the plan
to manage the trail corridor and
activities within it.
![Page 108: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/108.jpg)
![Page 109: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/109.jpg)
2 . Using staff or volunteers, monitor the
i m portant plants and wildlife of the
alignment, looking for impacts. Ad j u s t
m a nagement plans as appropria t e .
The Pikes Peak area supports a unique
set of biodiversity. Fifty significant
plants, animals and natural communities
are found in the study area. Out of this
50, an astounding 31 are plants.
Included in this number are one plant
species known nowhere else in the
world, the best known population in the
world for another species, and a third
subspecies which is endemic to the area.
The Colorado Natural Heritage Program
(CNHP) has identifies eight Potential
Conservation Areas (PCA) which are
important to the long-term survival of
the rare species found here. These PCAs
are listed in Figure 4-7 and include a
recommended Protection Strategy.
Sitename Significance Recommended Protection Strategy
Green Mountain Falls Moderate Significance Protection Urgency Level 2 Threat/Opportunity within 5 yearsCascade Creek Outstanding Significance Protection Urgency Level 4 No Threat or Special OpportunityHalfway Picnic Ground High Significance Protection Urgency Level 4 No Threat or Special OpportunityPikes Peak Outstanding Protection Urgency Level 4 No Threat or Special OpportunityMinnehana General Biodiversity Interest Protection Urgency Level 4 No Threat or Special OpportunityCheyenne Canyon Very High Significance Protection Urgency Level 4 No Threat or Special OpportunityCathedral Park Very High Significance Protection Urgency Level 4 No Threat or Special OpportunityRock Creek General Biodiversity Interest Protection Urgency Level 4 No Threat or Special Opportunity
Figure 4-7
Potential Conservation Areas
Site Name
![Page 110: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/110.jpg)
![Page 111: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/111.jpg)
The 100-year flood is used by the
Federal Emergency Management Agency
as well as local entities to identify
floodplain areas. This is the flood event
that would statistically occur once on
an average in 100 years; it has a one
percent chance of annual occurrence.
All habitable structures, buildings and
facilities, parking lots and critical access
roads must be "flood proof;" therefore,
the lowest finished floor elevation of the
structure should be a minimum of 18
inches above the 100-year water surface
elevation in accordance with state
criteria. Temporary structures such as
picnic shelters, rest shelters and viewing
platforms may be permitted within the
100-year flood plain, provided they are
designed to be repaired or replaced as
necessary following a flood event. Figure
4-8 demonstrates bridge construction in
floodplains.
Figure 4-8
Bridge Construction in FloodplainsSource: Design Workshop, Inc.
![Page 112: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/112.jpg)
![Page 113: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/113.jpg)
C u r r e n t l y, erosion along the Pikes Pe a k
Toll Road is causing a great deal of
sedimentation into the North Slope
r e s e r voirs, primarily South Catamount
Re s e r vo i r. Better drainage facilities,
seeding and water bars could control
this erosion problem.3
Research has shown improperly
designed logging roads and skid trails
are a major source of sedimentation.
With proper planning, construction, and
maintenance, sedimentation from
logging roads can be reduced
significantly. New road construction
should be avoided where possible. The
current road system is more than
adequate for hauling roads in most
areas. When designing new roads and
skid trails, the following guidelines
should be used to minimize
sedimentation problems.
• Correlate road and harvest plans to
minimize sedimentation potential.
• Keep roads out of high erosion hazard area.
• Locate and layout timber harvest areas in
such a way as to minimize the intensity
of activities adjacent to stream channels.
• Schedule activities to control the amount
of disturbance to any given watershed at
any given time.
• Locate roads far enough from streams to
provide sufficient buffering area as shown
in the following table. The percentage
shows the slope of land between the road
and the stream and the corresponding
width of buffering strip.
• Road grades should be kept below ten
percent, except for short distances where
this limit may be exceeded up to 15 or
20 percent. Grades of three to five percent
are desirable.
Long, steady grades may permit the
build-up of drainage water and increase
erosion potential unless adequate drainage
structures are installed. To facilitate
natural drainage, occasional breaks in
grade or water bars should be used.
Slope (%) Buffer Strip (ft)
0 50
10 90
20 130
30 170
40 210
50 250
60 290
Trail construction on steep
slopes and erosion prone
soils should be constructed
to drain against the
uphill side (see Figure 4-
10). Trails should also
drain to low points where
drainage is passed under
the trail via culvert into
grassy swale to absorb
drainage and
sedimentation.
![Page 114: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/114.jpg)
• The table at left suggests the standards for
single lane packed gravel/dirt road who’s use
is less than 100 vehicles per day. Use the
lowest standard road possible as given.
• All new roads and skid trails built during
timber harvesting should be closed
immediately following the removal of
timber. This may require additional water
bars and grass seeding. Certain roads,
though closed, should be left accessible for
fire access roads.
Design Speed MPH 10 15 20
Speed 5-15 10-20 15-25
Horizontal Curves/Sight obstr. (radius ft.)
none 55 110 200
9’ from travel way 100 300 600
Vertical curves length (ft) 200 200 200
Stopping distance1 h o rizontal/vertical control 100 170 250
Travel way (T.W.) (ft) 10 12 12
Grade (Heavy Truck)
max. sustained percent 7 4 3
min. sustained percent 2 2 2
Pitch Maximum %2 18 18 181Two and one-half times single vehicle stopping distance.2 Pitch length not more than 500 feet.
Figure 4-10
Trail Construction
Figure 4-9
standards for single lane packed
gravel/dirt road
![Page 115: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/115.jpg)
![Page 116: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/116.jpg)
When designing and installing a "smart"
fire landscape, consider the following:4
• Local area fire history.
• Site location and overall terrain.
• Prevailing winds and seasonal weather.
• Property contours and boundaries.
• Native vegetation.
• Plant characteristics and placement
(duffage, water and salt retention ability,
aromatic oils, fuel load per area, and size).
• Irrigation requirements.
To create a "smart" fire landscape,
remember that the primary goal is fuel
reduction. To this end, initiate the zone
concept. Zone 1 is closest to a structure;
Zones 2-4 move progressively further
away.
• Zone 1. This well-irrigated area encircles
the structure for at least 30' on all sides,
providing space for fire suppression
equipment in the event of an emergency.
Plantings should be limited to carefully
spaced fire resistant species.
• Zone 2. Fire resistant plant materials
should be used here. Plants should be low-
growing, and the irrigation system should
extend into this section.
• Zone 3. Place low-growing plants and
well-spaced trees in this area,
remembering to keep the volume of
vegetation (fuel) low.
• Zone 4. This furthest zone from the
structure is a natural area. Th i n
selectively here, and remove highly
flammable vegetation.
Also remember to:
• Be sure to leave a minimum of 30'
around the house to accommodate fire
equipment, if necessary.
• Carefully space the trees you plant.
• Take out the "ladder fuels" — vegetation
that serves as a link between grass and
tree tops. It can carry fire to a structure or
from a structure to vegetation.
• Give yourself added protection with "fuel
breaks" like driveways, gravel walkways,
and lawns.
When maintaining a “smart” fire la n d s c a pe :
• Keep trees and shrubs pruned. Prune all
trees up to 6' to 10' from the ground.
• Remove leaf clutter and dead and
overhanging branches.
• Mow the lawn regularly.
![Page 117: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/117.jpg)
• Dispose of cuttings and debris promptly,
according to local regulations.
• Store firewood away from the house.
• Be sure the irrigation system is well
maintained.
• Use care when refueling garden
equipment and maintain it regularly.
• Store and use flammable liquids properly.
• Dispose of smoking materials carefully.
• Become familiar with local regulations
regarding vegetative clearances, disposal of
d e b ris, and fire safety requirements for
e q u i p m e n t .
• Follow manufacturers’ instructions when
using fertilizers and pesticides.
When constructing, renovating, or
adding to a "smart" fire facilities,
consider the following:
• Choose a "smart" fire location.
• Design and build a "smart" fire structure.
• Employ "smart" fire landscaping and
maintenance.
To select a "smart" fire location, observe
the following:
• Slope of terrain; be sure to build on the
most level portion of the land, since fire
spreads rapidly, even on minor slopes.
• Set your single-story structure at least 30
feet back from any ridge or cliff; increase
distance if your home will be higher than
one story.
• Identify and post two means of evacua-
tion plans in the event of a wildfire.
In designing and building your "smart"
fire structure, remember that the
primary goals are fuel and exposure
reduction. To this end:
• Use construction materials that are fire-
resistant or non-combustible when possible.
• For roof construction, consider using
materials such as slate or tile, metal,
cement and concrete products, or terra-
cotta tiles.
• Constructing a fire-resistant sub-roof can
add protection, as well.
• On exterior wall cladding, fire resistive
materials such as stucco or masonry are
much better than vinyl that can soften
and melt.
• Consider both size and materials for
window; smaller panes hold up better in
their frames than larger ones; double pane
glass and tempered glass are more effective
![Page 118: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/118.jpg)
than single pane glass; plastic skylights
can melt.
• Cover windows and skylights with non-
flammable screening shutters.
• To prevent sparks from entering your
home through vents, cover exterior attic
and underfloor vents with wire mesh no
larger than 1/8 of an inch; make sure
undereave and soffit vents are closer to the
roof line than the wall; and box in eaves,
but provide adequate ventilation to
prevent condensation.
• Include a driveway that is wide enough –
12 feet wide with a vertical clearance of 15
feet and a slope that is less than 12
percent – to provide easy access for fire
engines. The driveway and access roads
should be well maintained, clearly
marked, and include ample turnaround
space near the house. Also consider access
to water supply, if possible.
• Provide at least two ground level doors for
safety exits and at least two means of
escape (either a door or window) in each
room, so that everyone has a way out.
• Keep gutters, eaves, and roof clear of leaves
and other debris.
• Make an occasional inspection of the
structure, looking for deterioration such
as breaks and spaces between roof tiles,
warping wood, or cracks and crevices in
the structure.
• Also, inspect the property, clearing dead
wood and dense vegetation from at least
30 feet from the structure, and moving
firewood away from the house or
attachments, like fences or decks.
Any attached structures, such as decks,
porches, fences, and outbuildings should
be considered part of the house. Th e s e
structures can act as fuses or fuel bridges,
pa r t i c u larly if constructed from
f lammable materials. Therefore, consider
the follow i n g :
• Use masonry or metal as a protective
barrier between the fence and structure if
there is an attached all-wood fence to the
structure.
• Use non-flammable metal when
constructing a trellis and cover with high-
moisture, non-flammable vegetation.
• Prevent combustible materials and debris
from accumulating beneath patio deck or
elevated porches; screen under or b ox in
areas below ground line with wire mesh
no larger than 1/8 of an inch.
• Make sure an elevated wooden deck is not
located at the top of a hill where it will be
in direct line of a fire moving up slope;
consider a terrace instead.
![Page 119: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/119.jpg)
![Page 120: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/120.jpg)
• Check if the building department has
jurisdictions regarding local restrictions
on your building project.
A cultural resource can be defined as a
prehistoric or historic landscape, district,
site, building, structure or geological
formation that holds local or regional
significant that provides identity and
understanding of a place.
The Regional Vision Plan recognizes that
there is a growing demand for access
and use of the Pikes Peak natural and
cultural resources. With this growth
comes the need for development and
the long-range management of valuable
and sensitive resources. An underlying
reason for developing a management
plan is to identify and protect the
region's historic resources, that provide
special character and cultural depth. A
survey of regional resources can provide
unique insight into the area’s history
that answers broad questions about the
past. “To make effective use of historic
(cultural) resources, to respect their
value and extend their life, it is
necessary to integrate historic
preservation into community planning.”
The primary reason for undertaking a
resource survey is to gather information
needed to plan for the wise use of a
community’s management resources.
The following cultural management steps
are provided as a guideline for assisting
the Managing Partners in developing a
p lan for management and preservation of
the Pikes Peak regional cultural resources.
The steps are not suggested as a
r e p lacement for existing Bureau of Land
M a nagement and Forest Service cultural
resource management programs, but are
p r ovided as a means of developing a
common ground for discussion and
decision making. The following steps
outline information that should be
collected and recorded for each cultural
resource feature that contributes to the
a nalysis of the resources significance and
m a nagement needs.
Suggested Steps
1. Develop an understanding of the
physical condition/integrity of the
resource and describe its current cultural
context. The physical description should
include a photographic inventory of
existing conditions and a collection of
historic photos. A description of the
site's location, make-up and size is also
important. The completed step two
survey should provide a clear picture of
![Page 121: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/121.jpg)
existing deterioration, level and types of
use, and significant features.
2. Identify how historically the resource
was shaped/introduced and how the
landscape has been impacted or shaped
by the resource. The survey should
include a description of the resource’s
origin, point of historic importance, and
a time line of the resource's influence on
the community and landscape.
3. Develop an understanding of the
resource within the context of related
systems. It is important to provide a
broad perspective of the areas cultural
resource systems, such as the water
harvesting history of the Colorado
Springs Utilities and the associated
dams and reservoirs. The survey should
include interviews with local and
regional experts and maps illustrating
the system relationships.
4. The fourth step, consists of developing a
formal management plan for individual
resources. This is viewed as a
collaboration of relevant managing
partners to develop an appropriate
strategy through a complete review of
survey information and available
management resources.
Given a review of contextual
information, current use, and integrity, a
level of management must be defined
that preserves the resource and historic
story for future generations. Four
distinct, but interrelated management
approaches should be considered. The
four approaches include, and are
defined by the U.S. Secretary of Interior,
in the Standards for the Treatment of
Historic Properties, Preservation,
Rehabilitation, Restoration and
Reconstruction.
• PRESERVATION - Act of applying measures
n e c e s sary to sustain the existing form ,
i n t e g rity and materials of a histori c a l
p r o p e r t y. Work shall include preliminary
measures to protect and stabilize the
p r o p e r t y, and generally focused upon the
ongoing maintenance and repairs rather
than extensive replacements and new
c o n s t r u c t i o n .
• REHABILITATION - Is defined as the act or
process of making possible a compatible
use for the property through repairs,
alterations, and additions while
preserving those portions of the features
which covey its historical cultural value.
• RESTORATION - An act or process of
accurately depicting the form, features,
and character of a resource as it appeared
at a particular period of time by means of
the removal of features of other periods in
its history and reconstructing missing
![Page 122: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/122.jpg)
features from the restoration period.
• RECONSTRUCTION - Is defined as the act or
process of depicting, by means of new
construction, the form, features, and
detailing of non-surviving sites,
landscapes, buildings, or structures for the
purpose of replicating its appearance at a
specific period of time and in its historic
location.
S pe c ial consideration should be given to
cultural resources if they exist as an
individual site or as a part of historic
district, on the State/Federal Historic
Re g i s t e r. The Managing Partners or
p lanning team would need to contact
the appropriate Historic Officer for
m a nagement guidelines. The Pikes Pe a k
Summit is an example were the
M a naging Partners would be required to
contact the State and the National Park
Service Historic Officer regarding
m a nagement and development decisions.
Further survey and mana g e m e n t
considerations are also required if the
M a naging Partners wish to submit a
resource/site for historic recognition.
In view of the Regional Vision Plan and
cultural resource analysis, a
management plan must recognize the
broad perspective of the Pikes Peak
region as a national cultural resource.
The preservation of a national cultural
resource requires comprehensive
environmental, historical, cultural survey
and management strategies that develop
guidelines for future decision making.
Footnotes
1 Jones, Clary, Brown, Kelly: Riparian
Corridor Protection and Rocky
Mountain Resorts. Proceedings from: A
National Symposium: Assessing the
Cumulative Impacts of Watershed
Development on Aquatic Ecosystems
and Water Quality. Chicago, March 19-
21, 1996.
2 Colorado State Parks and Hellmund
Associates. Trails and Wildlife Taskforce,.
Planning Trails with Wildlife in Mind,
September 1998.
3 Farmer, D. A. Pikes Peak Watershed
Forest Management Plan.
4 Colorado State Forest Service Fire
Hazard Survey. 1986.
![Page 123: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/123.jpg)
Implementation for this Pikes Peak Regional Multi-Use Plan involves
participation at the federal, state and local level and many potential par-
ticipants. Since the Regional Vision Plan will not be realized without
participation from private landowners, both county governments, and
the many towns and communities that surround the Peak, this chapter
p r ovides “tools for implementation” that may be useful to all
participants at both planning and design scales. This section defines
implementation priorities, adoption, approval by government agencies,
m e c hanisms and programs, resource protection by gove r n m e n t
agencies, local methods for implementation, and funding.
The many agencies and local jurisdictions that participated in this
Multi-Use Plan are identified in Figure 5-1.
Source: Design Workshop, Inc.
![Page 124: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/124.jpg)
An important element of implementation is
the proposed management structure.
Augmenting the traditional mana g e m e n t
m e c hanisms with a non-profit organization
to help coo r d i nate, promote and raise
money for the realization of the Re g i o na l
Vision Plan is invaluable. This motivated
organization can maintain the pla n n i n g
limits as their primary focus and use the
advantages of 501-C3 non-profit status to
contribute significantly toward achieving
short and long term objectives much
s ooner than would otherwise be po s s i b l e .
Functions of the proposed non-profit
organizations may include:
• Coordinate a quarterly Managing Partners
meeting
• Help define a region-wide action plan
• Coordinate implementation
• Fund-raise/grant writing
• Coordinate volunteers
• Hold, buy and sell land
The Pikes Peak Multi-Use Plan includes a
clear expression of future land uses, plus
a s s oc iated documents such as the Pikes Pe a k
At l a s. How e ve r, subsequent phases of
p lanning and design should recognize tha t
more detailed information is required to
successfully develop desired uses without
a d verse impacts on critical natural resources
and sensitive lands. A more detailed level of
site information should include:
• Topography
• Site Features
• Vegetation
• Surface Hydrology
• Ownership
• Hazard Areas
Floodways
Avalanche
Subsidence Areas
Steep Slopes
• Resource Lands
Habitat
Cultural & Historic
Wetlands
Rare Communities
Visual
.
The scope of the Re g i o nal Vision Pla n
addresses an area of more than 128,000
acres and many of the Pla n
r e c o m m e n dations are based on projects
t hat pa r t ially exist today such as trails
and motorized roadways. Public
recognition of the full range of
r e c r e a t i o nal opportunities has not be e n
realized and new significant concepts and
major po t e n t ial projects have be e n
recommended to address the deficiencies.
The Re g i o nal Visitor Center, the Scenic
L oop, and the Perimeter Loop Trail all
combine to create a framework of
recreation connections and oppo r t u n i t i e s .
Figure 5-1Local Jurisdictions and AgencyContext Map (See larger map onpage 5)
Implementation
• Implementation Priorities
• Plan Adoption and Approval
• Cooperative Working Ag r e e m e n t s
![Page 125: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/125.jpg)
The list of priorities in Figure 5-2 is not a
complete list of elements required to
a c h i e ve the vision, but rather concepts
and projects that are most realistic and
have the highest level of support. Th e
prioritization of concepts and projects is a
strategy to pursue a very la r g e
implementation agenda. Major bo t a n i c a l
projects may require a NEPA proc e s s
( d ocumentation that will influence fina l
decision along with site design). Th e
recommended priorities were established
through three method s :
1. The CAG Confidence Survey
2. Public meetings and participation from
affected agencies and jurisdictions
3. Logical sequence of projects
The following discussion examines each
priority project in detail.
Figure 5-2
Responsibility Matrix
First Phase Priorities Partners
• Define and develop trail networks:
- Perimeter Loop Trail U.S. Forest Service Pikes Peak Ranger District - El Paso County - Teller County - Colorado Springs Utilities- Alternative Routes to the Summit U.S. Forest Service Pikes Peak Ranger District - Teller County - Colorado Springs Utilities
• Develop the Scenic Loop (auto) CDOT - All Managing Partners
• Additional planning needs
- Regional Visitors Center U.S. Forest Service Pikes Peak Ranger District - El Paso County - Teller County -Colorado Springs Utilities- Interpretive and Signage Plan All Managing Partners- Cultural Resource Study U.S. Forest Service Pikes Peak Ranger District - State Arch - Teller County - El Paso County- Transportation Study CDOT - El Paso - Teller County - U.S. Forest Service Pikes Peak Ranger District
• Restoration Areas and Native Plants U.S. Forest Service Pikes Peak Ranger District - Colorado Springs Utilities - Pikes Peak Highway - Barr
• Catamount Ranch Open Space Portal Teller County - Colorado Springs Utilities - U.S. Forest Service Pikes Peak Ranger District
Next Phase Priorities
• Portal Development All Managing Partners
• Expanding Crags Campground U.S. Forest Service Pikes Peak Ranger District - CDOT
• Combine Access for Barr and Cog U.S. Forest Service Pikes Peak Ranger District - Cog Railroad
• Equestrian Connections at Gold Hill C ripple Creek - Victor - U.S. Forest Service Pikes Peak Ranger District - Teller County
• Cultural Resource Study U.S. Forest Service Pikes Peak Ranger District - State Arch - Teller County - El Paso County
• Limited Use Ar e a /Biological Connectedness U.S. Forest Service Pikes Peak Ranger District - Colorado Springs Utilities - BL M
• Back Country Portal U.S. Forest Service Pikes Peak Ranger District - BLM
• Local Access Portal at Colorado Springs City of Colorado Springs - U.S. Forest Service Pikes Peak Ranger District - Bear Creek Canyon Park
![Page 126: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/126.jpg)
The Perimeter Loop Trail was repe a t e d l y
recommended at public meetings and CAG
workshops throughout the planning effort.
The final "Confidence Survey" that was
distributed to all members of the CAG
suggested that 94 percent of the
pa r t i c i pants support the concept. Th e
Perimeter Loop Trail becomes the primary
pe d e s t r ian system providing recreationa l
access to most regional opportunities. Th i s
single concept, though large in scale,
organizes the region's recreational elements
more than any other concept expressed.
Much of the proposed Perimeter Loop Tr a i l
presently exists, yet community aw a r e n e s s
of the system is not well known. Eve n
though existing roads and trails now
oc c u py the proposed alignment, a
significant amount of effort will be
required to make this Perimeter Loop Tr a i l
a reality. Access points, signage, usa g e
considerations, implementation costs,
m a i n t e nance and ope r a t i o nal concerns,
and trail improvements to a uniform tria l
s t a n dard will need to be applied to the
entire 48 miles prior to trail establishment.
The existing trails and roads that comprise
the proposed Perimeter Loop Trail include
Forest Service Trail 102.
To achieve a project of this scale, the
Perimeter Loop Trail should be delineated
in shorter segments. These segments could
begin and end on ownership lines, or by
landform or natural features. The intent is
to break the big problem down into a unit
size that can be incrementally planned and
constructed.
A Regional Visitor Center is an important
element to orient visitors to the range of
recreational and educational programs
available within the Pikes Peak region. The
location of this facility is crucial to make
the visitor center a natural stop of the
Pikes Peak regional experience. A visitor
center would provide orientation to the
entire region. The ideal location would be
north of Green Mountain Falls where the
Pikes Peak Highway intersects with State
Highway 24. The Pikes Peak Highway to
the Summit is one of the largest visitor
attractions and could be used to inform
the visitor of the region and its
opportunities. Adequate interpretive kiosks
would be needed to provide an overview
of the Pikes Peak region depicting the
many trails, destinations and facilities
system-wide.
From the Regional Visitor Center, visitors
will be directed to Interpretive and
Recreation Use Centers located throughout
the Pikes Peak region.
The concept of a Regional Visitor Center
was presented to participants during the
![Page 127: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/127.jpg)
design phase of the planning process. The
members of the CAG, agency
representatives and the general public all
recognized the importance of the Regional
Visitor Center and the final Confidence
Survey suggested that 95 percent of the
participants responding to the survey
supported the concept.
The development of the Regional Visitor
Center will involve significant coordination
and funding. A special committee needs
to focus on implementing this project.
The potential funding sources are broad,
including federal sources, state sources,
local government, and individual and
corporate donations. National and state
organizations that support natural
resource education, cultural and historic
preservation and mass transit provide a
broad range of potential funding sources
to help realize the Regional Visitor Center.
Implementation Partners
All pa r t i c i pating agencies and the Non-
Profit Fo u n dation would be responsible for
implementing the Re g i o nal Visitors Center.
Another important component of the
Regional Vision Plan is the Scenic Loop to
help distribute users throughout the
region. The loop includes parts of State
Highway 24, State Highway 67 and Gold
Camp Road.
The lower segment of Gold Camp Road is
presently closed to ve h i c u lar traffic due to
a structural problem assoc iated with
Tunnel Number Three. This closed
segment of road was once a na r r ow
gauge railroad line from Colorado Springs
to Cripple Creek and Vi c t o r. When the
railroad was discontinued, it became a
scenic drive all along the southern edge of
the planning area and provided needed
access to one of the most remote po r t i o n s
of the Pikes Peak region. The USFS ha s
had this segment classified as a road and
continues under that designation while
awaiting funding to repair Tu n n e l
N u m ber Three.
Recently, the entire length of Gold Camp
Road was listed on the National Register
of Historic Places, thereby mandating its
preservation as a historic auto-touring
route. The alternative use of Old Stage
Road to complete the Scenic Loop is
possible, but would require extensive road
improvement to create a safe surface given
the steep gradients involved. The lower
segment of Gold Camp Road provides
direct access to North Cheyenne Canyon, a
destination within the Pikes Peak Regional
Vision Plan and the gentle grades
associated with an old railroad line pro-
vide a safer descent from the upland areas.
Implementation Partners
P a r t i c i pants in design and construction of
each segment of this Scenic Loop would
![Page 128: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/128.jpg)
i n vo l ve those agencies/jurisdictions tha t
directly or indirectly benefit from access.
The U.S. Forest Service Pikes Peak Ranger
District would be a pa r t i c i pant in most
route segments, as would the non-profit
organization of the management bod y.
A regional signage plan should be
developed to create graphic standards and
a hierarchy of signs that would include
gateways, portals and all interpretive trail
placards (see Figure 5-3). The Colorado
Department of Transportation needs to be
involved in decisions related to finalizing
the Scenic Loop, given the need for
turnouts and wayfinding signage. Signage
is very important to the success of the
visitor distribution strategy. Educational
kiosks and directional indicators should be
placed strategically along the Scenic Loop.
A large "Pikes Peak Region" welcome sign
should be located at the five entrances to
the region and would direct visitors to the
gateways and Regional Visitor Center.
The five recommended entry points to the
region are:
• Along State Highway 24 traveling
northwest out of Colorado Springs, before
the Pikes Peak Highway
• Town of Divide
• Southeast along either Old Stage or Lower
Gold Camp Road
• Victor (minor entry - a lesser sign may be
appropriate)
• Woodland Park (minor entry - a lesser sign
may be appropriate)
Each community would have a
community welcome sign defined by the
regional signage plan. A system of
orientation signage would direct the visitor
to a local central information center or
kiosk that describes local opportunities
and connections to the regional system.
Recreational facilities, trail markers,
trailhead information, and interpretive
programs would all utilize the Pikes Peak
Regional signage standards to create
region-wide continuity.
A traffic study to understand the
implications of a Regional Visitor Center
and the visitor distribution strategy would
be helpful to define the range of
improvements required for state and local
road systems. This study should not be
undertaken until after a regional signage
strategy has been developed.
Figure 5-3
Examples of a Signage Program
![Page 129: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/129.jpg)
Implementation Partners
All Managing Partners should support the
development and implementation of a
signage program.
The Catamount Ranch Open Space
recently acquired by Teller County is
situated northwest of the North Slope
Recreation Area. Access to this open space
is presently limited to hiking trails from
the north or southeast. The development
of a Portal north of the Open Space is
important for citizens to be able to access
this valuable open space parcel. The new
access can be accommodated off of State
Highway 24 east of Woodland Park onto
County Road 28. The access along County
Road 28 is directly south to a point near
Catamount Ranch Open Space. A parking
area and trailhead would be located at the
Portal to provide access to both the
Perimeter Loop Trail, and the network of
trails in the Open Space lands that lead to
Catamount Ranch Open Space.
Implementation Partners
The final location of the trailhead parking
area will dictate who may be involved in
the design and construction of this facility,
in addition to Teller County. The non-
profit organization may be used for both
partial funding and coordination.
Many citizens expressed a desire to find
alternative trail routes to the top of Pikes
Peak. Barr Trail, the only existing trail to
the top of Pikes Peak, is considered to be
used excessively. The addition of trails to
the summit may reduce the human
impacts on Barr Trail. Routes from both
the southwest and northwest areas of the
region have been identified as potential
new access routes. The Crags Trail and
Trailhead, near Crags Campground, offer a
great opportunity for a new trail route on
the west side, since an existing route
almost extends to Pikes Peak Highway.
The trail would cross Pikes Peak Highway
near Devil’s Playground and the
development of a new trail segment north
of the Pikes Peak Highway crossing would
allow a reasonable assent to the summit.
The Gillett Portal provides an opportunity
in the southwest area of the region. An
existing road/trail presently exists along
Beaver Creek that would allow hiker
access to the treeline. A new segment of
trail should be constructed to the Crags
Trail extension and intersection with the
Pikes Peak Highway. Water quality
concerns associated with the dual use of
this Beaver Creek watershed as a water
supply for Cripple Creek and Victor needs
to be addressed during the design process.
Implementation Partners
The Crags Trail route to the Summit would
![Page 130: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/130.jpg)
involve U.S. Forest Service Pikes Peak
Ranger District, and the non-profit
organization. The City of Colorado
Springs should support the effort where
the new alignment enters into the Pikes
Peak Highway area.
The restoration areas defined in the Pikes
Peak Re g i o nal Vision Plan include the
areas beneath the Pike Peak Highway, Ba r r
Trail, and the Motorized Trail area in the
southeast region of the planning area near
Wye Campground. The nature of each of
these restoration areas will depend upo n
the specifics of each site. A comprehensive
restoration plan to meet the needs of each
area must be proceeded by an existing
d e g r a dation and desired restored
condition analysis. All restoration efforts
should include na t i ve plant po p u la t i o n s .
Implementation Partners
The City of Colorado Springs, U.S. Fo r e s t
Service Pikes Peak Ranger District, trail
users, and the non-profit organization
should have active roles in these
restoration efforts.
The existing facilities at the Crags
Campground are often filled to capacity
on weekends and during the summer
tourist season. An opportunity exists to
reconfigure parts of the existing
campground and extend the boundaries
for a limited number of additional
campsites. The integration of an improved
Crags Trailhead should be considered
during the redesign.
Implementation Partners
The U.S. Forest Service Pikes Peak Ranger
District and the non-profit organization
should be actively invo l ved in the
p lanning and construction of these
i m p r ove m e n t s .
The origin of both these major entry
points into the Pikes Peak region are
located very close to each other. This
provides an opportunity to share facilities
from a common staging area. Potentially,
parking, information signage, directional
signage, public restrooms and services
could be designed to minimize duplicate
facilities, while still controlling the total
number of users. It should be noted that
while the Barr Trail has been characterized
as over-used, the Cog Railroad is not, and
parking should allow access to the railway,
yet provide some control for hikers.
Implementation Partners
The Cog Rail, City of Manitou Springs, U . S .
![Page 131: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/131.jpg)
Forest Service Pikes Peak Ranger District,
and the non-profit organization should
participate in these improvements.
The planning process identified the need
for additional equestrian facilities located
on the western slope of Pikes Peak. A
minor equestrian facility already exists on
state-owned lands at Mueller State Park.
The expansion of these facilities and
suitable connections across State Highway
67 into the trail system in the U.S. Fo r e s t
Service Pikes Peak Ranger District will be
difficult. Interest has been expressed by
trail planning efforts in the Cripple Creek
and Victor area which would meet the
needs of equestrians.
Implementation Partners
Cripple Creek, Victor, equestrian user
groups, Teller County, U.S. Forest Service
Pikes Peak Ranger District and the non-
profit organization should all have roles in
the design and implementation of these
improvements.
The backcountry has been defined in the
Regional Vision Plan as an access point to
connect with some of the most remote
portions of the Pikes Peak region. This
portal is located in the southeast corner of
the region, approximately where Old Stage
Road meets the initial open segment of
Gold Camp Road. Potential destinations
along this primitive trail system include
the vast Wilderness Study Area managed
by the Bureau of Land Management just
south of Pikes Peak region. A series of
backcountry campsites should be
constructed and managed. Since most of
the trail and campsites reside within the
Limited Use Area, a permit system to
manage a single reservation service will be
required in order to coordinate
backcountry access.
Implementation Partners
U.S. Forest Service Pikes Peak Ranger
D i s t r i c t, Bureau of Land Management,
identified trail users, and the non-profit
organization should have a role in
developing and managing this system.
The motivation for identifying additional
access to the Pikes Peak region was the
current over-use at the existing access
points, in part due to the neighboring
Colorado Springs metropolitan area
population. It may be determined that
more than one alternative access point is
appropriate. The Bear Creak Canyon Park
is very large with multiple access points at
its boundary with Colorado Springs, and
should be used to access the Perimeter
![Page 132: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/132.jpg)
Loop Trail at various locations.
Implementation Partners
The USFS Pikes Peak Ranger District and
Colorado Springs Parks should support
and implement this endeavor.
The Limited Use Area is a result of citizens’
desires to protect the most critical resource
lands within the Pikes Peak region. Va l u e d
habitats, water resources and unique spe c i e s
are all included in a zone identified on the
Re g i o nal Vision Plan as Limited Use Areas.
The primary owners managing lands in this
area are USFS Pikes Peak Ranger District
and Colorado Springs Utilities. The practical
implementation of Limited Use Area may be
difficult since there are many remote
l ocations. The designation reflects a need to
maintain control over sensitive areas if
desired use increases significantly.
A system of permits should be established
to allow a limited number of users access
to these areas. Seasonal closures of parts of
the Limited Use Areas should be established
and overnight camping limited to a numbe r
of specific backcountry campsites. Signa g e
and user education should be required to
delineate Limited Use Area bo u n da r i e s .
Implementation Partners
The non-profit management organization
should play a major role in the
administration of this permit program for
a limited number of users, and reservation
system for backcountry campsites. The
City of Colorado Springs, USFS Pikes Peak
Ranger District, Teller and El Paso Counties
should all have a role in establishing and
managing this Limited Use Area.
Increased recreational use will be inhibited
until access is improved and recreationa l
o p portunities can be expanded. A system-
wide transportation framework based on
the implications of the recreationa l
o p portunities, a visitor distribution strategy,
a signage plan and accommoda t i o n
l ocations should be deve l o ped.
Implementation Partners
Colorado Department of Transportation,
Teller and El Paso Counties, Colorado
Springs and USFS Pikes Peak Ranger
D i s t r i c t should participate in the study.
Design of specific projects and almost all
i m p r ovements would require spe c ia l
attention to historic and archeological
resources that may be present; how e ve r,
the regional significance of cultural and
historic resources is equally important. A
study should focus on general cultural
![Page 133: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/133.jpg)
and historic resources to develop a
r e g i o nal framework for resource
protection and define areas that require
more specific surveys.
Implementation Partners
State Historic Preservation Office, El Paso
County, Teller County, USFS Pikes Peak
Ranger District and the non-profit
management organization should all have
an active role in facilitating the cultural
survey.
Themes for historic resource and
recreational interpretation have been
introduced in the Regional Vision Plan.
Additionally, specific objectives and actions
should be developed to identify places
within the region where these stories could
be told. Objectives and actions for each
center may include how the story is told,
and materials and structures used to
communicate the story.
Implementation Partners
All Managing Partners should support the
development and implementation of
Interpretive and Recreation Use Centers.
The Spoke Diagram (see page 4) was used at
public meetings and workshops throughout
the planning process. The diagram depicts
the land managers for the entire region.
These agencies and jurisdictions pa r t i c i pa t e d
in forming the Re g i o nal Vision Plan over a
t w o - year process. The intention of the Pla n
is for each agency and jurisdiction to take
portions of the Re g i o nal Vision Plan tha t
coincides with their local mana g e m e n t
o b l i g a t i o n s .
The government agencies that are
influenced by this Regional Vision Plan
include: Bureau of Land Management,
USFS Pikes Peak Ranger District, Colorado
Springs Utilities, Colorado State Parks,
Division of Wildlife, and Department of
Transportation. These agencies typically
have a general management plan
approach for administration and
management. A planning cycle is
established where approximately every five
years the management plan is revised. It is
very important that the Multi-Use Plan
becomes part of that update process, given
the integrated planning process and high
level of consensus developed with this
planning process.
![Page 134: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/134.jpg)
Both El Paso and Teller Counties have
indicated that they intend to amend their
County Comprehensive Plans to include a
map representing the Pikes Peak Regional
Vision Plan of the Multi-Use Plan and will
reference this planning document where
appropriate. The Pikes Peak Multi-Use
Plan has clear implications for both the
Comprehensive Plan and any Trails,
Recreation and Open Space Plan under
consideration at the County scale.
Local communities have the same
opportunity to integrate this Multi-Use
Plan into the Community Comprehensive
Plans as well as Parks, Trails, Recreation
and Open Space Plans that are developed
or updated.
The implementation of the Pikes Peak
Multi-Use Plan requires cooperation from
many agencies, municipalities and private
landowners. The goals and objectives of
the Multi-Use Plan have been identified in
this document to aid Managing Partners
and individuals who want to realize these
goals across jurisdictional and ownership
boundaries. To help achieve an agreement,
defining roles and responsibilities will be
appropriate. The following section
discusses Colorado statutes that may be
utilized for creating agreements between
various partners. A possible role for the
non-profit organization of the
Management Model, would be to help
identify and develop appropriate
agreements between managing partners.
Colorado Revised Statutes authorize loc a l
g overnments and organizations to
c oo perate with one another. To achieve the
desires articulated in the Pikes Peak Multi-
Use Plan, agreements will need to be forged
between the various government agencies,
agencies and municipalities and agencies
and organizations. A review of Colorado’s
Revised Statutes reveal the follow i n g :
Statutes 29-20-105 through 107 authorizes
and encourages local governments to
cooperate or contract with other units of
government for the purpose of planning
or regulating the development of land.
Local governments may provide through
intergovernmental agreements (IGAs) for
the joint adoption by the governing
bodies, after notice and hearing, of
mutually binding and enforceable
comprehensive development plans for
areas within their jurisdictions. The IGA
may contain a provision that the plan
may be amended only by the mutual
agreement of the governing bodies of the
local governments who are parties of the
plan. Each governing body has standing
![Page 135: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/135.jpg)
in district court to enforce the terms of the
agreement and the plan. Local
governments may, pursuant to an IGA,
provide for revenue sharing.
Statute 29-1-203 allows local governments
to cooperate or contract with one another
to provide any function, service or facility
lawfully authorized to each of the
cooperating or contracting units. The
contract may establish a separate legal
entity to do so.
Statute 20-28-105 enables municipalities
and counties to form multi-county and
joint city/county planning commissions,
known as regional planning commissions,
to conduct studies and make and adopt
regional plans for physical development of
the region. 20-28-117(5) enables regional
zoning boards of adjustment as well.
Statute 32-7-101 authorizes at least two
counties (upon approval of the electors) to
form a regional service authority to
perform any of the nearly twenty service
functions (e.g. urban drainage and flood
control, land and soil preservation, public
surface transportation, etc.)
Agreements between local governments,
agencies and organizations can be called
many different things, depending upon the
full nature of the agreements being
prepared. The agreements themselves are
often called:
• Memorandum of Understandings (MOUs)
• Joint Management Agreements (JMAs)
• Intergovernmental Agreements (IGAs).
The Appendix includes further information
on local government statutes and
intergovernmental agreements provided by
the Colorado Department of Local Affairs.
A variety of tools exist for agencies at the
federal, state and local level as well as for
agencies to implement the priorities and
goals identified in the Pikes Peak Regional
Vision Plan.
Some policy and programs already exist
that can be used by agencies and
municipalities to achieve desired objectives.
These programs and policies are in place
and available to be utilized when common
objectives are identified.
In spite of the increasing importance of
local and state governments, the federal
government continues to play a critical
role in resource protection. Since 1992,
efforts to remove the federal government
from wildlife and environmental issues
![Page 136: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/136.jpg)
have met with mixed success, and several
key pieces of federal legislation have been
re-authorized. Key areas of federal
involvement may include:
• Regulations, incentives, and land acquisition
and management programs for the protection
of endangered and threatened species
• Preservation of wetland areas that serve as
valuable habitat for numerous
• Conservation of land in general.
While federal regulation in sensitive
resource areas is not expected to expand
in the future, existing programs and
regulations will continue to be important.
The continued influence of the federal
government will be particularly important
in states like Colorado with vast tracts of
federal land with prime habitat areas.
The future of habitat protection will
therefore resemble an increasingly
balanced partnership, with local, state, and
federal governments each exercising
unique protection powers. It is important
that Colorado’s local elected officials and
residents understand the range of federal
tools and programs available to
supplement local habitat protection efforts.
The following tools are available at the
federal level and summaries of their most
significant provisions are described in the
Appendix.
• The Endangered Species Act
• The National Biological Survey
• The National Environmental Policy Act
• Section 404: Wetlands Protection
• Federal Land Preservation Incentives
• USDA Environmental Quality Incentive
Program
• Federal Land Ownership and Management
• U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service
• U.S. Forest Service
• Bureau of Land Management
State government plays a role in resource
protection that differs fundamentally from
the role of local governments. The Loc a l
G overnment Land Use Control Ena b l i n g
Act (House Bill 1034) provides broad
authority to counties and municipalities to
r e g u late the use of land within their
jurisdictions. This bill specifically recognized
the importance of protecting habitat from
land uses that would threaten a wildlife
s pecies. In addition, the Colorado Land Us e
Act encourages local governments to
identify and regulate land uses in “Areas of
State Interest” including significant wildlife
habitat. Thus, the state has spe c i f i c a l l y
delegated responsibility and authority for
protecting wildlife habitat on private la n d
to local governments.
However, the state does support local
government in their efforts to protect
![Page 137: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/137.jpg)
habitat by providing information and
financial assistance. Eight state programs
are listed below that offer these types of
support and summaries of their most
significant provisions are described in the
Appendix.
• Wildlife Resource Information System
• System for Conservation Planning
• Great Outdoors Colorado
• Natural Areas Program
• Protection of Instream Flows and Natural
Lake Levels
• State Wildlife Areas and Conservation
Easements
• Habitat Improvements Programs
• State Trust Lands Fish and Wildlife
Enhancement Projects
Local communities and county
governments may find it advantageous to
acquire connections that provide direct
access to the Pikes Peak region recreational
opportunities. Additional open space and
recreation adjacent to the Pikes Peak
region are consistent with the Regional
Vision Plan presented in this document.
The following land acquisition description
outlines the objectives, criteria and alter-
nate techniques.
The primary objectives for the acquisition
program are the purchase of key parcels of
land that are important to connect to the
public open space, trail system or areas
with important natural resource values. It
is not the objective of the public entities to
acquire all the private lands adjacent to the
Pikes Peak region for public use, but to
encourage a healthy mix of public and
private ownership. The highest priority is
to establish a coo pe r a t i ve mana g e m e n t
system between public and private
la n d owners to meet mutual objective s .
Only those rela t i vely few parcels of la n d
t hat are essential for public purposes, or
are made av a i lable for purchase will be
considered for acquisition.
Criteria for Acquisition
The following criteria may be used by the
local governments with regard to
acquisition of lands within and
surrounding the Pikes Peak region.
• C ritical Public Values and Importance to
Resource Management in the Pikes Pe a k
Region. The objective is to acquire lands
which are essential to creation of the trail
system and protection of the quality of the
natural resource systems. The factors which
determine include the following: location,
size, connection or adjacency to public land,
critical habitat, biology, cultural resources,
buffer to important resources, scenic values,
private inholding surrounded by public
land, and water rights.
![Page 138: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/138.jpg)
• Willing Seller/Willing Buyer
Acquisition transactions between sellers and
buyers will proceed on the basis of willing
and motivated parties. Local governments
have adopted the principle that
condemnation will not be utilized to acquire
properties in the Pikes Peak region.
• Flexible Ap p r o a ch
In the purchase of properties, local
governments will take a flexible approach to
acquisition, considering the landowners
family situation and objectives, tax and
estate issues, and economic objectives. To
the extent that it is possible to meet local
governments and landowner objectives the
structure of the transaction should be
tailored to these issues.
• Availability of Funding
The local governments ability to acquire
lands is predicated on the availability of
funds for acquisition. In the past, funding
availability has fluctuated greatly and it is
expected that these fluctuations will
continue in the future.
• Leverage and Flexibility of Terms
Since local governments have limited
resources, they should select those properties
for acquisition which not only meet its
criteria in terms of importance to natural
connections, but in terms of the level of
cooperation of the landowner. For example,
a landowner that is willing to donate a
portion of his or her land or structure
flexible terms for an installment purchase
will be more likely to be a higher priority
than a seller that wants a cash purchase
with no flexibility in terms.
Land or interests in land can be acquired
using a wide variety of techniques which
can be tailored to the needs and wishes of
buyers and sellers. Land can be thought
of as a bundle of rights, such as the right
to develop houses or use the water or
extract minerals, all of which can be used,
sold or restricted as the owner wishes. For
example, a landowner might sell water
rights or the right to develop houses to a
local government which severs that
particular right from the full bundle of
ownership rights and reduces the value of
the remaining rights. The ability to sell,
restrict or donate particular rights in
property to achieve landowner or public
objectives means that there are many ways
to preserve or protect land and meet both
landowner and public objectives.
In general, the greater the number of rights
that are acquired or the higher the
percentage of fair market value that is paid
for a property, the greater the control that
the purchaser will exercise. A buyer that
pays full price for a piece of land acquires
![Page 139: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/139.jpg)
the full bundle of rights which means tha t
they have full control over the prope r t y
and full management respo n s i b i l i t y. A
b u yer that acquires only the water rights to
a property has only the use of those rights
and no use of any other property rights.
Each Colorado community has its own
topography, ecology, political climate, and
goals for wildlife. It is therefore unlikely
that one community’s wildlife protection
program can simply be transplanted to a
new location. In addition, the process of
debating which alternative goals and tools
may be appropriate for a municipality or
a county makes it much more likely that
the resulting program will be successful.
Finally, it is important to remember that
wildlife does not respect jurisdictional
boundaries. The inter-jurisdictional nature
of wildlife and natural resource projects
emphasize the importance of coordination
of activities between local governments
based on biological or geographical
boundaries.
Within each community, a committee or
task force should be established to create
workable systems from the policy
directives created in ordinances and
i n t e r g ove r n m e n t a l agreements. Local
committees implementing habitat
protection programs should have
representation from the top levels of
relevant boards where many decisions are
made. Simultaneously every effort should
be made to design public outreach
programs and citizen participation efforts
to ensure that community values are
reflected in the program. This is
particularly true in considering new
regulations and acquisition programs.
Although a variety of different tools are
available to protect resource lands, all of
them must conform to basic principles of
constitutional law and to requirements of
Colorado statutes. Regulatory approaches,
incentive and acquisition programs, and
development agreements are described in
the Appendix.
![Page 140: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/140.jpg)
Figure 5-4
Funding Sources Legend for Acronyms
GOCO Great Outdoors Colorado
CDPOR Colorado Division of Parks & Outdoor Recreation
CDOW Colorado Division of Wildlife
CHS Colorado Historical Society
CDLA Colorado Department of Local Affairs
CCAH Colorado Council of Arts and Humanities
VOC Volunteers for Outdoor Colorado
USFS U.S. Forest Service
BLM Bureau of Land Management
BOR Bureau of Reclamation
NPS National Park Service, Rivers & Trails Conservation Alliance
EDA Economic Development Administration
EPA Environmental Protection Agency
NEA National Endowment for the Arts
RMYC Rocky Mountain Youth Corps
![Page 141: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/141.jpg)
Funding Source Matrix
Activities: State Park Camping Lake Fishing Wildlife Interpretive Trial Link Greenway Public Parking Picnic Toilet Access. Loop Access. Loop Interp. Signage/ Historic City Park/ Boating Stream Rehab/ Abandoned Interpretation State Picnicking Restroom WatchableViewing Kiosk to BLM land Trail(parallel Art Tables Facilities Trail-W. Wild. Trail-Fishing Nat.-Cult.- Structures Visitor C./Cty. Access Wetland & Mine Wildlife Wildlife
equestrian) Interp. Kiosk Access Recr. Resources Rehabilitation Open Sp./ Nat. Area Riparian Prot. Reclamation RefugeSource of funds:CDPOR/Lottery X X X X X XCDPOR/Trails X X X X X XGOCO X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X XLand & Water Cons. Fund X X X X X XBOR X X X X X XDOW Watchable W. X X X X X X X X X X XCity Bond Issue X X X X XSales Tax X X X X XLocal Vounteers X X X X XVOC X X X X XCDOT X X X X XLocal Water & Sanitation X X X X XCCAH X X X X XRMYC X X X X XAudubon Society X XUSFS/Cost Share X XDucks Unlimited X X X X X XLocal Hunting Clubs XStudent Groups XDOW/Fishing is fun XLocal Irrigation Canal Co. XAmericans w/Disabilities XTrout Unlimited X XLocal Service Clubs XNPS/Rivers and Trails XEDA/Public Tourism XNEA/Design Arts XCHS/Gaming Funds X X XBLM/Recreation Division XLocal Library XMuseum X X XCity X XCDOT/Enhance Funds X XLocal Corporations X XBusiness Groups X XBoettcher or Gates Found. X XPrivate Landowners XLocal Land Trust XTrust for Public Lands XCounty X XLocal Mine XUtility Company XStockgrowers Assoc. XBoating Groups XIrriation Company XWater Board XNature Conservancy XDept. Health Stream Rehab. XCoors Foundation XLocal Groups XEPS XEPA X XState Mined Land Reclam. X XDiv. M & G Aband. Mines Fund X XColorado Historic Society X XNat. Fish & Wildlife Found. X X X XRocky Mntn. Elk Foundation X X X X
![Page 142: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/142.jpg)
Glossary
Bibliography
Project Schedule
Key Informants Interviews
Public Meeting Comments
Newsletters
Pikes Peak User Survey Instrument
Pikes Peak User Survey Results
Modified Delphi Survey (MDS)
- Instrument for Opportunity Maps
- Instrument for Capacity Map
- Results for Capacity Map
Confidence Survey
Source: Colorado Springs Utilities - Water Resources
![Page 143: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/143.jpg)
Resource Impact Evaluation
Wildlife Resource Information System - Big Horn Sheep
Wildlife Resource Information System - Elk
M a nagement Structure Models & Case Studies
Federal Tools for Resource Protection
State Tools for Resource Protection
Acquisition Tools for Local Government
Local Government Tools for Resource Projection
Funding Sources by Recreation Type
Land Use Planning in Colorado
Best Practices Intergovernmental Agreements for Land
Use and Growth Management
![Page 144: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/144.jpg)
- A -
ADA
Americans with Disabilities Act (Title II) regulation ensures that "individuals with
disabilities are not excluded from services, programs, and activities because the building
or facility is inaccessible."
Access Points
Locations usually representing a mode change (i.e. from car to hiking), where visitor
gain access to trails and recreational activities.
Actionable Fire
Any fire requiring suppression, especially a fire started or allowed to spread in violation
of law, ordinance, or regulation.
Allowable Burned Area
The maximum average area burned over a specified period of years that is considered
an acceptable loss for a specified area under organized fire suppression.
All-Terrain Vehicle (ATV)
A gasoline-powered, off-road vehicle used for accessing remote areas for recreational
and work-related activities. Note: All-terrain vehicles generally have high clearance,
high traction, high maneuverability, and low speed.
Alternative Routes to the Peak
Represents suggested trail alignments that connect the Perimeter Trail to the summit.
Since only one trail presently makes this connections (Barr Trail), these alignments were
defined as “alternative” routes throughout the planning process.
- B -
Backcountry Byway
A road segment designated as part of the National Scenic Byway System.
![Page 145: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/145.jpg)
Backcountry Campsite
A campsite in a relatively unmodified backcountry area, usually accessible only by foot,
horse, or watercraft, providing accommodation for those engaged in backcountry
experiences; may be within a designated backcountry campground.
Base Flow
Recharge water that makes its way through the subsurface into the river.
Base Map
A map showing planimetric, topographic, geologic, political, or cadastral information
that may appear in many different types of maps. Note 1. The base map information
is drawn with other types of changing thematic information. Note 2. Base map
information may be as simple as major political boundaries, major hydrographic data,
and major roads. Note 3. The changing thematic information may be bus routes,
population distribution, caribou migration routes, etc.
Best Management Practices (BMP)
A practice or usually a combination of practices that are determined by a state or a
designated planning agency to be the most effective and practicable means (including
technological, economic, and institutional considerations) of controlling point and
nonpoint source pollutants at levels compatible with environmental quality goals.
Note: BMP’s were conceptualized in the 1972 US Federal Water Pollution Control Act.
Buffer
A vegetation strip or management zone of varying size, shape, and character maintained
along a stream, lake, road, recreation site, or different vegetative zone to mitigate the
impacts of actions on adjacent lands, to enhance aesthetic values.
Buffer Zone
As used on the Regional Vision Plan, a buffer zone is an area in private ownership that
is presently operating under a management practice that is very complementary to
desired management objectives with the planning area. Local and County government
should consider incentives to encourage the perpetuation of historic uses in these areas.
![Page 146: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/146.jpg)
- C -
Campfire
A fire started for cooking, warmth, or light that has spread sufficiently to require
firefighting activity.
Campground
An aggregation of campsites providing such facilities as tent spaces (or pads), fireplaces,
picnic tables, water, and sanitation for overnight use.
Campsite
A unit of a campground providing overnight accommodation and generally developed
to include tent or trailer space, parking spur, fireplace, table, garbage receptacle, and
toilet facility.
Carrying Capacity
As determined by the Technical Advisory Group, the Carrying Capacity is represented
by a range of capacity zones from one to seven. The capacity zones were created by
weighting identified criteria derived from the GIS database and combining the criteria
into a composite map that reflects the capacity of the land to support future land uses.
A companion process defined the range of capacity zones within which each land use
was appropriate, and which capacity zones were inappropriate.
Comprehensive Planning
A traditional planning approach relying on science and quantitative analysis to guide
planning activities. Synonym: Synoptic planning, rational comprehensive planning.
Note: Comprehensive planning assumes impartiality and objectivity in the methods
chosen for analysis and one correct answer and final solutions are often gross
oversimplifications.
Concession
The private management of a recreation area facility developed in part by private
capital. Note: A concession may include transportation, lodging, or food service.
![Page 147: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/147.jpg)
Corral
An enclosure for handling livestock, wild horses and burros, or wildlife.
Corridor
1. Management. A linear strip of land identified for the present or future location of
transportation or utility rights-of-way within its boundaries.
2 . Wildlife. A defined tract of land connecting two or more areas of similar management or
habitat type that is reserved from substantial disturbance and through which a spe c i e s
can travel to reach habitat suitable for reproduction and other life-sustaining needs.
Cultural Resources
Historic and prehistoric remains of human activity, occupation, or endeavor reflected in
districts, sites, structures, buildings, objects, artifacts, ruins, works of art, architecture, and
natural features.
- D -
Database
A collection of data stored in a systematic manner such that the data can be readily
retrieved, modified, and manipulated to create information. Note 1. Most databases are
computerized and consist of fields and records that are organized by data sets and
governed by a scheme of organization, and can be linked to allow complex search-and-
compare routines. Note 2. Hierarchical and relational define two popular structural
schemes in use in a GIS, e.g., a GIS database includes data about the spatial location and
shape of geographic entities as well as descriptions about those entities.
Debris
Material that can pose a flood hazard by clogging culverts and other constructed areas.
Most natural debris such as fallen trees and detritus is beneficial to wildlife and should be
left if at all possible.
Delphi Method
An iterative technique designed to obtain a consensus among experts concerning the best
course of action or what is likely to happen under a specified scenario. Note: A
![Page 148: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/148.jpg)
structured questionnaire or survey is administered to all experts at the same time, the
results are compiled and circulated, and another questionnaire or survey is administered
that allows experts to revise their initial estimates in light of the information shared by the
others in the group.
Delphi Process, Modified
A survey is distributed to all participants that is filled out and returned to the survey
administrator. Results of the survey are quantified. The participants review the group
averages and respond again to the questions. The new responses are summarized. This
process is repeated until the standard deviation of the responses is less than 1, indicating
consensus amongst the participants. Usually only two or three iterations are required to
reach consensus as participants are influenced by the group.
Digital Elevation Model (DEM).
1. A continuous raster image in which data file values represent elevation.
2. The format of the US Geological Survey (USGS) elevation data sets.
3. A topographic surface arranged in a data file as a set of regularly spaced x,y,z locations
where z represents elevation.
Disturbance
Ecology. Any relatively discrete event in time that disrupts ecosystem, community, or
population structure and changes resources, substrate availability, or the physical
environment.
Drainage.
1. The removal of excess surface water or groundwater from land by surface or
subsurface drains.
2. The soil characteristics that affect natural drainage.
3. Landscape. An area (basin) mostly bounded by ridges or other topographic features,
encompassing part, most, or all of a watershed and enclosing over 5,000 acres.
![Page 149: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/149.jpg)
- E -
Easement
The public acquisition, by purchase or donation, of certain rights on private lands or, in
some cases, restricting the private owner’s use of that land.
Ecosystem
A spatially explicit, relatively homogeneous unit of the earth that includes all interacting
organisms and components of the abiotic environment within its boundaries. Note: An
ecosystem can be of any size, e.g., a log, pond, field, forest, or the earth’s biospheres.
Endangered Species
Any species of plant or animal defined through the Endangered Species Act of 1976 as
being in danger of extinction throughout all or a significant portion of its range, and
published in the Federal Register.
Environment
Ecology. The sum of all external conditions affecting the life, development, and survival of
an organism.
Environmental and Amenity Value
A component of natural and cultural heritage that has worth or utility. Note: In an
economic framework, environmental, and amenity values may include user values, as well
as non-use values such as existence values, bequest values, and option values.
Environmental Impact
The positive or negative effect of any action upon a given area or resource.
Erosion
1 . The wearing aw ay of the land surface by rain, running water, wind, ice, grav i t y, or other
natural or anthropogenic agents, including such processes as grav i t a t i o nal creep and tillage.
2. The detachment and movement of soil or rock fragments by water, wind, ice, or gravity.
![Page 150: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/150.jpg)
- F -
Feasibility
The relative advantage of managing or improving a unit considering its capability and
suitability for a specific use under the existing or projected socioeconomic climate.
Fee Title Acquisition
Land bought for a fixed charge and directly owned by the buyer.
FEMA Maps
Maps of flood zone boundaries prepared and distributed by Federal Emergency
Management Association.
Fish Habitat
The aquatic environment and the immediately surrounding terrestrial environment that
afford the necessary biological, chemical, and physical support systems required by fish
species during various life history stages.
Floodplain
The level or nearly level land with alluvial soils on either or both sides of a stream or river
that is subject to overflow flooding during periods of high water level. Note: An active
floodplain commonly has newly deposited fluvial sediments, recently rafted debris
suspended on trees or vegetation, or recent scarring of trees by material moved by
floodwaters.
Forest Plan
Federal Land Management. A document that guides all natural resource management and
establishes management standards and guidelines for a national forest, and that embodies
the provisions of the National Forest Management Act of 1976.
Fragile Area
Recreation. An identifiable area where the ecosystem is sensitive and vulnerable and could
be destroyed, severely altered, or irreversibly changed by human acts.
![Page 151: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/151.jpg)
- G -
Gateways
Community Based Visitor Services that provide retail, accommodations, regional
orientation and access to the Pikes Peak planning area. These are major communities that
have developed at the foot of the Peak and should act as primary entry points for both
local and regional visitors.
Geographic Information System (GIS)
An organized collection of computer hardware, software, geographic and descriptive data,
personnel, knowledge, and procedures designed to efficiently capture, store, update, manip-
ulate, analyze, report, and display the forms of geographically referenced information and
descriptive information. Note 1. A central component of information storage is the
necessity for topology to be maintained and coordinated by the software; otherwise,
certain complex spatial operations are not possible or would be very difficult, time-
consuming, or impractical. Note 2. The major components of a GIS are the user interface,
database management, data entry, product generation and spatial data manipulation and
analysis, which may be centralized or distributed across a network.
Groundwater
The subsurface water in both phreatic (saturated) and vadose (unsaturated) zone water at
a pressure equal to or greater than atmospheric that is free to move under the influence of
gravity. Note: Groundwater is recharged by infiltration and enters streams through
seepage and springs.
- H -
Habitat
1. A unit area of environment.
2. The place, natural or otherwise (including climate, food, cover and water) where an
animal, plant, or population naturally or normally lives and develops.
Habitat Conservation Plan
A management plan for a specific habitat area, i.e. Bighorn Sheep on South Slope.
![Page 152: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/152.jpg)
- I -
Impact
The effect, influence, alteration, or imprint caused by an action.
Inholding
An area of land belonging to one landowner that occurs within a block of land belonging
to another. Note: Inholdings, such as small private parcels, often occur in federal or
industrial forest land ownerships.
Intermittent Stream
A stream, or portion of a stream, that does not flow year-round but only when it (a) receive s
base flow solely during wet pe r i ods, or (b) receives groundwater discharge or protracted
contributions from melting snow or other erratic surface and sha l l ow subsurface sources.
Interpretation
Recreation. An educational activity aimed at revealing meanings and relationships through
the use of objects, first-hand experience, and illustrative media rather than through
recitation of factual information to a passive audience.
Interpretive Centers
These centers are sub-centers within the Pikes Peak Region that provide theme specific
details about the resource or history of the area. Interpretive Centers include Native
Americans, Mining History, Pikes Peak Highway, Railroads, Environmental Education,
Agriculture, Water Resources, and Wildlife.
- L -
Landscape Buffer
A natural or planted perennial system in a position in the landscape to mitigate any of a
number of undesirable environmental impacts, e.g., runoff, wind, noise, dust, snow.
Lease
Contract transferring real estate for a term and usually for rent easement: an interest in
![Page 153: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/153.jpg)
land owned by another that entitles its holder to a specific limited use or enjoyment.
Limited Use Area
Areas defined on the Regional Vision Plan that reflect landscape that is most valuable as
well as most sensitive to impacts from visitors. As a strategy to control access into these
sensitive area, they have been described as Limited Use Area. Once management for this
region agrees upon a method of administering a program of “permitting,” a permit will be
required for a visitor to have access into these areas. Signage will play an important role
in defining the limits of these areas also.
- M -
Management Area
An area with similar management objectives and a common management prescription.
Memorandum of Understanding (MOU)
A formal, written agreement between two or more organizations or agencies that presents
the relationship between the entities for purposes of planning and management.
Motorized
Equipped with or driven by a motor.
Multiple Use
Federal Land Policy and Management Act of 1976. The management of the public lands
and their various resource values so that they are utilized in the combination that will
best meet the present and future needs of the American people; making the most judicious
use of the land for some or all of these resources or related services over areas large
enough to provide sufficient latitude for periodic adjustments in use to conform to
changing needs and conditions; the use of some land for less than all of the resources; a
combination of balanced and diverse resource uses that takes into account the long-term
needs of future generations for renewable and nonrenewable resources including, but not
limed to, recreation, range, timber, minerals, watershed, wildlife and fish, and natural scenic,
scientific, and historic values; harmonious and coordinated management of the various
resources without permanent impairment of the productivity of the land and the quality
![Page 154: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/154.jpg)
of the environment; this combination is not necessarily the one that will give the greatest
economic return or the greatest unit output.
Multiple-Use Trail
Trail that accommodates several uses within a single tread and shoulder cross-section such
as bicycling, hiking, equestrian, etc.
Multi-Use
A convergence of multiple recreational, environmental and economic uses within an area of
land. A use must share land resources without degrading qualities required for other uses.
- N -
National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA).
Public Law 91-190. Establishes environmental policy for the nation. Among other items,
NEPA requires federal agencies to consider environmental values in the decision-making
processes.
National Forest
A federal reservation, generally forest, range, or other wildland, that is designated by
Executive Order or statue as a national forest or purchase unit, and other lands under the
administration of the USDA Forest Service, including experimental areas and Bankhead-
Jones Title III lands. Note: The Forest Service administers national forests under a
program of multiple use and sustained yield for timber, range, watershed, wildlife and fish
and outdoor recreation.
National Historical Trail
A trail having historical qualities that give it recreational potential of national significance.
Note. A national historical trail must be established by historic use and can be designated
only by Congress under the National Trail System Act of 1968.
Native Species
1. An indigenous species that is normally found as part of a particular ecosystem.
2. A species that was present in a defined area prior to European settlement.
![Page 155: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/155.jpg)
Natural Area
A physical and biological area in nearly natural condition that exemplifies an ecological
community and its associated vegetation and other biotic, soil, geologic, and aquatic
features. Note: A natural area is maintained in a natural condition by allowing physical
and biological processes to operate, usually without direct human intervention, but
treatments such as fire suppression or prescribed burning may be permitted.
Non-motorized
Driven by means other than a motor.
No-Trace Camping
A philosophy related to backcountry camping that challenges users to leave camp sites in
a condition that shows "no trace" of human use. This philosophy is usually instilled via
education materials provided to backcountry users when they apply for a backcountry
camping permit.
- O -
Outfall
The point at which water flows from a conduit, stream, or drain.
- P -
Partnership
A relationship between different components of the public and private sectors to achieve
mutually beneficial objectives.
Perennial Stream
A steam that has running water on a year-round basis under normal climatic conditions.
Permit-Only System
A management system that requires all users of an area to obtain a use permit from the man-
agement agency of the area. Both quantities of user and their distribution can be mana g e d .
![Page 156: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/156.jpg)
Planning Area
A geographical area for which land use and resource management plans are developed
and maintained.
Portal
The Regional Vision Plan depicts a series of Portal locations. These Portals indicate access
points to the regional recreation facilities and usually involve a mode shift from cars to
trail uses. They are points where facilities such as parking areas, orientation signage and
services are provided as users park and begin a hiking experience.
Primitive Trail
A non-paved trail for hiking, mountain biking and equestrian use that is narrower than a
multi-use trail and may not meet AASHTO standards for bike trails.
Program Elements
Recreational uses appropriate and recommended for projects in the Pikes Peak Region.
- R -
Recreation
An activity pursued during leisure time and by free choice that provides its own sa t i s f a c t i o n .
Recreation Facility
The improvements within a developed recreation site offered for visitors’ enjoyment.
Recreation Site
A land or water area having characteristics that make it suitable for development for
public enjoyment, such as camping, picnicking, and water sports.
Recreation Use Center
Sub-centers within the Pikes Peak Re g i o nal that cater to a specific recreational user group.
Recreation Use Centers include Mountain Biking, Back Country Activities, Motorized Ve h i c l e s ,
E q u e s t r ian Center, Winter Sports, Water Sports Center, Climbing, and Auto To u r i n g
![Page 157: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/157.jpg)
Regional Concepts
Land use ideas suggested for the study area, whose influence affected the entire study area,
thus a regional influence.
Resources
1. The natural resources of an area, e.g., timber, grass, watershed values, recreation values,
wildlife habitat.
2. Fire. All personnel and major items of equipment available or potentially available for
assignment to fire-fighting tasks on which status is maintained.
Restoration Zone
Areas identified as degraded and in need of an active program to improve the
environmental health. Restoration plans should be developed for similar landscape units,
and an implementation program developed to carry out the remediation.
Revegetation
The re-establishment and development of vegetation.
Riparian
Related to, living, or located in conjunction with a wetland, on the bank of a river or
stream but also at the edge of a lake or tidewater. Note: The riparian community
significantly influences, and is significantly influenced by, the neighboring body of water.
Roads
Vehicle routes which have been improved and maintained by mechanical means to ensure
relatively regular and continuous use. (A route maintained strictly by the passage of
vehicles does not constitute a road.)
- S -
Scenic Loop
A ve h i c u lar system to be identified with a similar signage ve r na c u lar so it will read as a sys-
tem from an automobile. The loop begins in the Ute Pass area on State Highway 24 and
continues to Divide where it intersects with State Highway 66. The loop follows 66 to Vi c t o r
![Page 158: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/158.jpg)
where it intersects with Gold Camp Road. The gravel Gold Camp Road then returns the
touring visitor to Colorado Springs across the southern part of the planning area.
Scenic Quality
The visual significance given to a landscape determined by cultural values and the
landscape’s intrinsic physical properties.
Scoping Process
An early and open public participation process for determining particular issues to be
addressed and for identifying the significant issues related to a proposed action.
Site Scale Design
The design, planning, organization and disposition of objects and activities at a given loc a t i o n .
Social Trail
A trail that occurs within Forest Service land but has not been planned, programmed, or
designed by the Forest Service. Soc ial trails often evo l ve informally from local communities.
Stand
An aggregation of forested vegetation occupying a specific area and sufficiently uniform in
species composition, age arrangement, and condition, as to be distinguishable from
adjoining stands.
Structured Facilities
Recreation support elements, such as parking areas, buildings, trail heads, bridges and trails.
System Trail
A trail recognized as part of the Forest Service trail system.
- T -
Trail
A marked or established path or route. In this plan, the term "trail" refers to a recreational
transportation route including paved and unpaved trails, boardwalks, road shoulders, four
wheel drive routes, separated paved bicycle trails, and primitive hiking trails. (See also
![Page 159: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/159.jpg)
Multi-Use Trail and Primitive Trail).
Trailhead
Developed recreation sites with parking, signage, and other facilities designated to provide
a take-off point for trail users at a major access point and terminus of a trail.
- V -
Viewshed
The la n d s c a pe that can be directly seen from a viewpoint or along a transportation corridor.
Visitor-Day
Recreation. The presence of one or more persons (other than staff) on lands and waters
generally recognized as providing outdoor recreation for continuous, intermittent, or
simultaneous periods totaling 12 hours.
Visual Resource
The composite of basic terrain, geologic features, vegetation patterns, and land use effects
that typify a land unit and influence the visual appeal of the unit.
- W -
Water Quality Standard
The minimum requirement of purity of water for the intended use with respect to the
physical, chemical, and biological characteristics.
Watershed
A region or land area drained by a single stream, river, or drainage network.
Water Table
1. The upper surface of groundwater.
2. That level or elevation, measured from a datum, where the water is a atmospheric
pressure and below which the soil is saturated with water.
![Page 160: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/160.jpg)
Wetland.
1. A transitional area between aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems that is inundated or
saturated for periods long enough to produce hydric soils and support hydrophytic
vegetation. Note: State or federal regulations may require the use of specific agency
definitions of wetlands.
2. A seasonally flooded basin or flat. Note: The period of inundation is such that the
land can usually be used for agricultural purposes.
Wilderness
1. Wilderness Act of 1964 “a wilderness, in contrast with those areas where man and his
works dominate the landscape, is hereby recognized as an area where the earth and its
community of life are untrammeled by man, where man himself is a visitor who does
not remain.”
2. Roadless land legally classified as a component area of the National Wilderness
Preservation System and managed to protect its qualities of naturalness, solitude, and
opportunity for primitive types of recreation. Note: Wilderness is usually of sufficient
size to make its maintenance in such a state feasible and to provide opportunities for
solitude and self-reliant recreation.
Wildfire
Any non-structure fire, other than prescribed fire, occurring on wildland.
Wildlife
1. All non-domesticated animal life.
2. Non-domesticated vertebrates, especially mammals, birds, and fish and some of the
higher invertebrates, e.g. many Arthropods.
Wildlife Management
The practical application of scientific and technical principles to wildlife populations and
habitats so as to maintain or manipulate such populations (particularly mammals, birds
and fish), essentially for recreational or scientific purposes. Note: Wildlife management
includes the narrower concept of game management, in which an additional purpose may
be commercial, i.e., the controlled harvesting of wild game.
![Page 161: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/161.jpg)
- Z -
Zoning
1. Management. The demarcation of a planning area by designation, ordinance, or law
into zones and the establishment of regulations to govern the use of the land and
structures within each zone.
2. Recreation. The establishment of specific sites in which selected activities may occur,
but from which other uses are excluded or restricted to reduce conflict between com-
peting uses or to reduce deterioration of fragile resources.
![Page 162: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/162.jpg)
E’VE GOT A LOT TO
TALK ABOUT...
The pressure for increased use and development on
and near Pikes Peak is increasing daily. The Colorado
Springs Water Resources Department and the U.S.
Forest Service, as co-stewards of Pikes Peak, are faced
with balancing demand for increased recreational activ-
ity with their responsibility to prevent further loss and
degradation of the mountain's natural resources. The
Pikes Peak Multi-Use Plan will shape preservation,
development, and management decisions into the next
century.
August, 1998: Volume 1GE TIN V O LV E DSource: Colorado Springs Utilities
The Pikes Peak Multi-Use Plan will be developed through a public process designed
to gather your ideas about Pikes Peak and its future. You are invited to participate
with the Peak’s managing partners to create a sound and caring vision for the
mountain in our backyard.
The next public forums will be held in early September to provide an overview of the
work that has been completed to date and to gather public thinking on the
opportunities, issues, and concerns identified by the planning process.
You are invited to attend the upcoming Pikes Peak Community Forums:
September 3, 6:30 p.m., Manitou Springs
Meeting location will be advertised
September 12, 9:00 a.m., Victor
Meeting location will be advertised
The next issue of Peak Views will be mailed following the September public forums.
Source: Design Workshop, Inc.
![Page 163: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/163.jpg)
The Pikes Peak Citizen's Advisory
Group is made up of citizens like you
who cared about the mountain and
volunteered their time to work on the
plan. Approximately 75 people have
been meeting every two weeks since
mid-June to learn more about the
mountain, review the results of the
information gathering process, and
work with the professional stewards in
creating the Pikes Peak Multi-Use
Plan.
For information on meetings of the
Citizens Advisory Group, call Vic
Eklund at 719-448-8700.
The photographs at right show Citizens
Advisory Group members being
VO IC E SO FCO L O R A D O
Panoramic drawing of the Pikes Peak area taken from historic Hayden Atlas
Everyone's voice is valued in this process.
Source: Design Workshop, Inc.
WH A TY O UT O L DU S. . .What Should the Pike's Peak Multi-Use Plan Accomplish? The input and direction
provided during the public meetings, in May and June 1998, gave clear direction to the
planning team for objectives for the Pikes Peak Multi-Use Plan. In July, the Citizens
Advisory Group helped organize these ideas into the following five goals that will be used
to guide the planning process:
1 Determine how the growth of the surrounding communities will impact Pikes Peak.
2 Develop an environmentally-based plan that establishes the preservation of water
quality as its highest priority.
3 Develop strategies for balancing the preservation of the Peak with public access and
commercial use.
4 Identify and protect critical wildlife habitat.
5 Describe stewardship programs that encourage the public to behave in ways that will
help preserve existing resources.
What do People Want to Do on the Peak? In the Spring of
1998, we distributed a questionnaire to help the team
understand the profiles and use patterns of people who visit
the area surrounding Pikes Peak for recreational purposes.
The responses told us that:
1 In 1997, the average survey respondent made 22 visits to the Pikes Peak area.
2 People who visit the area participate in many activities. Some of the most popular are
hiking, mountain biking, picnicking, cross-country skiing, and scenic driving.
3 Most visitors share their experience with family and friends. Over 62 percent of the
people responding to the questionnaire indicated that they visit the Peak with others.
4 Current users said that the highest priority for the Peak's stewards should be the
preservation of the mountain environment for the enjoyment of future generations.
5 When asked to identify the most appropriate uses and activities for the Pikes Peak
area, the most common responses were hiking, bird watching, backpacking, cross-
country skiing, and fishing.
T h e M a n a g i n g P a r t n e r s
City of Colorado Springs Parks Colorado State Parks
Colorado Division of Wildlife The Town of Victor
Bureau of Land Management Green Mountain Falls
The Town of Manitou Springs Teller County
The Town of Woodland Park El Paso County
The Town of Cripple Creek Pikes Peak Highway
American Indian Nations
Source: Colorado Springs Utilities
Source: Black and Veatch
![Page 164: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/164.jpg)
FO RP U R P L EM O U N T A INM A J E S T IE S. . .
T h is n e w s le t te r is a n u p d a te o n th e
p la n n in g p ro c e s s fo r th e P ik e s P e a k
M u lt i -U s e P la n , a n d a n in v ita t io n fo r
y o u to jo in th e d is c u s s io n a b o u t th e fu tu re o f P ik e s P e a k .
S in c e la s t S p r in g , th e C o lo ra d o S p r in g s W a te r R e s o u r c e
D e p a r tm e n t, th e U .S . F o re s t S e r v ic e , a n d th e P ik e s P e a k
C it iz e n A d v is o r y G ro u p h a v e b e e n w o rk in g to g e th e r to c r e-
a te a p la n th a t w ill d ire c t th e p re s e r v a t i o n , d e v e l o p m e n t, a n d
m a n a g e m e n to f P ik e s P e a k in to th e n e x t c e n tu ry .
J u n e 1 9 9 9 : V o lu m e 2
WH A T’S NE X T?T h e P ik e s P e a k M u lt i -U s e P la n w il l b e d e v e lo p e d th ro u g h a p u b lic p ro c e s s
d e s ig n e d to g a th e r y o u r id e a s a b o u t P ik e s P e a k a n d its fu t u r e . Y o u a r e
in v ite d t o p a r t i c i p a t e w i t h t h e P e a k ' s m a n a g in g p a r tn e r s t o c r e a t e a s o u n d
a n d c a r in g v is io n fo r t h e m o u n ta in in o u r b a c k y a r d .
T h e n e x t r o u n d o f p u b lic m e e tin g s w il l p r o v i d e a n o v e r v ie w o f t h e w o r k t h a t
h a s b e e n c o m p le t e d t o d a t e a n d g a t h e r t h e p u b lic ’s t h o u g h t s o n t h e o p p o r t u-
n it ie s , i s s u e s , a n d c o n c e r n s id e n tif ie d b y t h e p la n n in g p r o c e s s .
T h e n e x t p u b l ic m e e tin g w ill b e h e ld in C r ip p le
C r e e k o n T u e s d a y , J u n e 1 5t h a t t he H e n r y ( J u n e )
H a c k C o m m u n ity C e n te r ( 1 2 8 E a s t B e n n e t t
A v e n u e ) . M a n ito u S p r in g s w ill h o s t a n o t h e r p u b lic
m e e tin g o n W e d n e s d a y , J u n e 1 6t h a t M e m o r ia l
H a ll (6 0 6 M a n ito u A v e n u e ) . P le a s e c h e c k y o u r lo c a l n e w s p a p e r o r o u r w e b s ite
fo r u p d a t e d in f o r m a tio n r e g a r d in g t h e t i m e , d a te s a n d lo c a t i o n s o f t h e s e m e e t-
in g s .
O n J u ly 4t h, 1 9 9 3 , S e n a t o r H a n k
B ro w n d e d ic a t e d t h is m e m o r ia l
p la q u e to c o m m e m o r a t e t h e 1 0 0t h
a n n i v e r s a r y o f t h e i n s p i r a t i o n o f
“A m e r i c a t h e B e a u t ifu l” b y K a t h a r i n e
L e e B a t e s .
B a te s , a v i s i t i n g p r o f e s s o r f r o m
W e lle s le y C o lle g e in M a s s a c h u s e t ts ,
w a s te a c h in g a t C o lo r a d o C o lle g e
w h e n s h e h a d t h e o p p o r tu n ity to
v is it P ik e s P e a k .
S h e p e n n e d th e w o r d s to th i s
fa m o u s s o n g a f te r a n in s p i ra t io n a l
r id e to th e s u m m it o f P ik e s P e a k
o n J u ly 2 2n d, 1 8 9 3 .
E R E’S W H A TW E’V E B E E NU P T O . . .
![Page 165: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/165.jpg)
T h e m a n a g i n g p a r t n e r s o f t h e p r o j e c t b e l i e v e t h a t t h e p l a n m u s t b e c r e a t e d w ith a h ig h
le v e l o f p u b l i c o w n e r s h i p . I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e p l a n n i n g t e a m , m a n a g i n g p a r t n e r s , a n d t h e
T e c h n i c a l A d v is o r y C o m m itte e , th e p u b l i c v o i c e h a s b e e n h e a r d t h r o u g h o u t t h e p r o c e s s .
A C it iz e n A d v is o r y G r o u p , w e b s i te , p u b l i c m e e t in g s a n d n e w s le t t e r s s u c h a s t h i s o n e ,
s e r v e a s a c o n d u it fo r t h e v o ic e s o f P i k e s P e a k . F o r a d d it io n a l in fo r m a tio n , y o u c a n v is it
o u r w e b s ite a t w w w . c s u . o r g / w a t e r / p p p l a n / p p p l a n . h t m l.
T h e E le v a t i o n M a p s h o w n a t l e ft w a s c r e a t e d a s a p a r t o f t h e T e c h n i c a l A d v is o r y
C o m m itte e ’s p r o c e s s t o d e t e r m i n e a r e a s s e n s i t i v e t o c h a n g e a n d a r e a s t h a t a r e m o s t
c a p a b le o f a c c o m m o d a tin g f u t u r e u s e .
T h is s p e c ta c u la r p a n o r a m ic v ie w ( b e lo w ) o f th e f o o t h i l l s a n d p l a i n s o f C o l o r a d o S p r i n g s
s h o w s t h e o r i g in a l a n d s t i l l u n c h a n g e d r o a d to th e s u m m it o f P ik e s P e a k . I n 1 9 0 1 t h e
f i r s t a u t o m o b ile s c a le d t h e P e a k u n d e r s te a m p o w e r. T h e f i rs t P i k e s P e a k H il l C l im b a u to
r a c e w a s h e l d in 1 9 1 6 .
VO IC E SO FCO L O R A D O
EL E V A T IO N
S o u r c e : F r o m t h e c o l l e c t i o n o f P a u l G i l b e r t , S r . , C o l o r a d o D i v i s i o n o f W i l d l i f e , R e t i r e d
WH A TC O U L DT H EF U T U R EB E?T h e f u t u r e o f P i k e s P e a k w i ll b e a b a la n c e o f r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t y a n d p r e s e r v a t i o n o f
n a t u r a l a n d c u ltu r a l re s o u r c e s o f t h e m o u n ta i n . T h i s v i s i o n a n d t h e p l a n h a v e b e e n d e v e l-
o p e d th r o u g h a p l a n n i n g p r o c e s s t h a t b e g a n in t h e S p r i n g o f 1 9 9 8 . A t h o r o u g h c u ltu r a l a n d
e n v i ro n m e n ta l in v e n to r y o f t h e s i t e w a s a s s e m b le d in o r d e r t o c le a r ly d e s c r ib e th e e x i s t i n g
c o n d it io n s o n t h e P e a k . T h is e ffo r t i n c l u d e d o v e r 6 0 d a y s o f o n - s ite f i e l d w o r k b y t h e
C o lo r a d o N a t u r a l H e ri ta g e P r o g r a m ( C N H P ) , a n o n - p r o f i t re s e a r c h a r m o f th e U n iv e r s ity o f
C o lo r a d o . T h e C N H P id e n t if ie d r a r e p la n t s a n d w i l d l i f e s p e c i e s w i t h i n t h e s t u d y a r e a .
C o n c u r r e n t w i t h t h e i n v e n t o r y e ffo r t , t h e p l a n n i n g t e a m w o r k e d c lo s e ly w ith th e m a n a g in g
p a r t n e r s a n d C i t i z e n A d v i s o r y G r o u p t o u n d e r s ta n d h o w p r e s e r v a t i o n a n d r e c r e a t i o n
d e v e lo p m e n t m ig h t b e a c c o m m o d a t e d o n t h e P e a k . A T e c h n ic a l A d v is o r y C o m m itte e w a s
fo r m e d to d e v e lo p a n a n a ly s is p r o c e s s t h a t w o u ld a d d r e s s t h e s i t e ’s c a p a c ity t o
a c c o m m o d a te p o te n t ia l u s e s . M e m b e r s o f th e c o m m itte e p r o v id e d e x p e r tis e in th e a r e a s
o f w a t e r r e s o u r c e s , f o r e s t r y , s o i l s , w ild l i fe , a n d la n d m a n a g e m e n t. T h e a n a l y s i s m a p s p r o-
d u c e d t h r o u g h t h e c o m m itte e 's e ffo r t s i d e n t i f y a r e a s o f t h e s i t e m o s t s e n s i t i v e t o c h a n g e a s
w e ll a s t h o s e m o s t c a p a b l e o f a c c o m m o d a tin g fu t u r e u s e .
I n J a n u a r y o f t h i s y e a r, a 3 - d a y w o r k s e s s io n w a s h e ld to d e v e lo p a l t e r n a t i v e f u t u r e s f o r t h e
s t u d y a r e a . T h e e f f o r t i n c l u d e d p a r t i c i p a t i o n b y t h e m a n a g in g p a r t n e r s , C i t i z e n A d v i s o r y
G r o u p , a n d t h e p la n n in g t e a m . T e a m s o f p a r t i c i p a n t s w e r e a s k e d t o d e v e lo p p o s s ib le
s c e n a r io s f o r t h e P e a k b y i m a g in in g th e " b e s t " w a y t o m a n a g e e n v iro n m e n ta l , re c r e a t i o n ,
a n d e c o n o m ic is s u e s . A t t h e e n d o f t h e w o r k s e s s i o n , e a c h t e a m p r e s e n t e d t h e ir
r e c o m m e n d a tio n s t o t h e C i t i z e n A d v i s o r y G r o u p w h o w a s a s k e d t o c r i t iq u e t h e e f f o r t . T h e
c o m b i n e d r e c o m m e n d a tio n s a n d f i n d i n g s w e r e o r g a n iz e d i n t o a p r e l i m i n a r y f r a m e w o r k
p l a n t h a t w i l l b e p r e s e n t e d a t t h e n e x t s e r i e s o f p u b l i c m e e t in g s .
C i t i z e n A d v i s o r y G r o u p M e e t i n gT e c h n i c a l A d v i s o r y C o m m i t t e e C h a r r e t t e
D e s i g n W o r k s h o p , I n c . 1 3 9 0 L a w r e n c e S t r e e t , S u i t e 2 0 0 ,D e n v e r , C o l o r a d o 8 0 2 0 4 ( 3 0 3 ) 6 2 3 - 5 1 8 6C o n s u l t a n t s :T h o m a s & T h o m a s ; F e l s b u r g H o l t & U l l e v i g ; M o n t g o m e r yW a t s o n ; E r i c O l g e i r s o n , P h D . , C o n s u l t i n g E c o l o g i s t ; a n dC o l o r a d o N a t u r a l H e r i t a g e P r o g r a m
P IK E S P E A K M U L T I -U S E P L A NC O L O R A D O S P R I N G S T O C R I P P L E C R E E K
![Page 166: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/166.jpg)
The attached matrix addresses the
f o l l owing natural resource categories:
R i pa r ian Areas, We t lands, Habitat Areas,
Alpine Tundra and Threatened and
E n dangered Species. Two matrices were
applied to 23 sites in the Pikes Pe a k
r e c r e a t i o nal area, as shown on the attached
matrix. The first matrix (AB Scena r i o )
addressed Steward/Recreation issues. Th e
second matrix (BC Scenario) addressed
Re c r e a t i o n /Economic issues. Details of the
results are provided in the follow i n g
na r r a t i ve and in the attached matrices.
A summary of the information includes
comparisons of the two scenarios,
categories of low impacts and categories
of high impacts.
The AB Scenario scored a one, or low
environmental impact, while the BC
Scenario scored a 2.4, or moderate
environmental impact.
The differences between the scenarios are:
• Limited uses
• Restoration areas
• Protected recreation biological connections
and pavement of the road (low impact) vs.
developed recreation.
• Retaining the existing road surface,
additional access to the Peak
• Development of motorized trails
• Development of lodging (high impacts)
The proposed economic development
scenario (BC) allows for virtually
unlimited access to the park. The
proposed developments will have
relatively minor impacts on the natural
resources of the park. It is the increase in
vehicular traffic and recreational users
associated with this scenario that will
have the greatest impact on the natural
resources in this area. The proposed road
improvements and the addition of
motorized campsites and lodging in the
southern region of the park are of special
concern. While this scenario may not
alter current uses significantly, it does
little to preserve and protect valuable
natural areas.
While the impacts of infrastructure
associated with the stewardship scenario
may not appear significantly different on
the surface, the restricted access to the
park has a major influence on the level of
environmental impact and the ability to
conserve the resources of the park over
the long term.
• Regional Visitor Center
![Page 167: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/167.jpg)
B a rr Trail and Cog Rail access:
Wetland and ri p a rian impacts should be
limited depending on expansion. This is a
class four wildlife habitat, with no natural
h e ritage value. The Town of Manitou
S p rings has no serious impacts with either
s c e n a ri o .
• Local Access Portal
BC Scenario only. This portal would be
near wetlands and riparian areas. Impacts
may occur due to access. This site has
access to 16 core loop trails (currently forest
service roads). This area is a class four
wildlife habitat, with natural heritage
value – very high significance (VHS).
• Catamount Ranch Open Space Portal
The portal is located near the main road in
the AB scenario and will not create wet-
land riparian impacts. In the BC scenario
the portal is on the loop road. There are
potential future wetland or riparian
impacts. This is a class three wildlife habi-
tat, with no natural heritage value.
• South Slope Portal
Both scenarios have potential to create
impacts. The development of motorized
trails will create significant impacts. This
is a class four wildlife habitat, with no
natural heritage value.
• Back Country Portal
Minimal potential impacts to wetlands,
riparian and threatened and endangered
species may occur in both scenarios. This
is a class four wildlife habitat, with no
natural heritage value.
• Equestrian Center
Potential for wetland and riparian impacts
may occur in both scenarios. Wildlife
habitat is low except for riparian areas in
scenario BC. This area has no natural
heritage value.
• Crags Camp
The AB scenario will not create impacts.
Potential for riparian impacts may occur in
the BC scenario. Scenario BC may cause
impacts if further development occurs.
There is no natural heritage value.
• Crystal Lake Lodge
This area is lake front with wetland or
ri p a rian systems and has no recent impacts
in the AB scenario. Scenario BC has
potential to impact wetlands, ri p a rian areas,
habitat and t&e species. This is a class four
wildlife habitat, with no natural heri t a g e
v a l u e .
• Barr Trail and Cog Rail
Existing facilities will not create impacts.
• Summit House
Scenario AB may create ongoing
degradation due to automobile and foot
traffic, aggravated by hard surfacing of the
road to the summit. New facilities in sce-
nario BC may create temporary impacts
that are planned for restoration.
![Page 168: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/168.jpg)
• South Slope Recreation Program
Scenario AB is a protected area. Scenario
BC will potentially impact riparian area,
wetlands and habitat due to construction
and high use.
• Cheyenne Canyon Visitor Education Center
Major highway may create impacts to wet-
land and riparian areas in both scenarios
due to development of the Center. This is a
Class Four wildlife habitat – close to class
five, with a natural heritage value – very
high significance (VHS).
• Highway
Scenario BC will cause siltation-erosion
problems for wetlands, tundra and general
habitat. Scenario AB will protect adjacent
general habitat. Current sedimentation
will be controlled by road improvement.
• Limited Use Areas AB only
The limited use is not sufficient to control
recreational use.
• Restoration Zones AB only
The partial restoration is not sufficient to
control recreational use.
• Perimeter Loop Trail
The trail was built on existing forest service
roads. The trail should cause little impact
to wetlands or riparian zones and crosses
all habitat areas in both AB and BC.
Significant portions are in class four
wildlife habitat. Significant portions also
occur in natural heritage areas – values are
outstanding and very high significance.
• Alternate Route to Summit
Potential tundra and t&e species impacts
may occur in the BC scenario due to new
trail construction. Potential wetland and
riparian impacts.
• Auto Touring Loop
No new impacts in either scenario AB or
BC. Both scenarios have potential to
impact natural areas due to road
modifications.
• Lower Gold Camp Road
In scenario AB existing forest service
roads, gravel treatment should not cause
major impacts. The BC scenario has a
potential to impact natural areas due to
road modifications.
• Biological Connectedness
Scenario AB will benefit biological connec-
tions. Scenario BC does not apply.
• Motorized Vehicle Area
Scenario AB does not apply. Scenario BC
has potential for significant impacts to
wetland riparian areas. This is a class four
wildlife habitat, near an area with natural
heritage value – very high significance
(VHS). In scenario BC impacts will occur
due to motorized road development.
• Lodging on Public Lands
Scenario AB does not apply. Development
of lodging in scenario BC may impact
![Page 169: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/169.jpg)
significant areas of wetlands and riparian
areas.
• Agriculture Buffer Areas
Scenario AB does not apply. In scenario
BC there is a strong potential for wetland
and riparian impacts. These areas are
moderate wildlife habitat, with no natural
heritage value.
![Page 170: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/170.jpg)
The Origins of the ESA
The Endangered Species Act (ESA) was
originally designed to curb poaching and
smuggling of rare animals. It has evolved
considerably since its first enactment in
1966 and was thoroughly rewritten in
19731. Section 7 of the act requires the
mapping of critical habitat areas that a
species needs to survive and the
establishment of recovery plans for each
listed species. Although priority is to be
given to species that may be in conflict
with economic development, federal agen-
cies have been largely unable to fulfill
these directives in pace with the demands
of the development community. While the
absence of designated critical habitat or a
recovery plan does not defeat the protec-
tion of a species, the enforcement of the
Act has resulted in severe penalties being
placed on developers who had no way of
knowing in advance that development
activity would be determined to be a "tak-
ing" of a species. Section 9 of the Act
prohibits the “taking” of an endangered
species. This term is defined broadly to
include hunting, killing, and other actions
that indirectly affect a species, such as
harming or harassing the animals. The Act
has a broad scope and prohibits "takings"
by private citizens or by state and local
governments. It also authorizes citizen
suits to enforce the Act.
Natural Communities Conservation
Planning Program
A Habitat Conservation Plan (HCP)
addresses the habitat needs of the subject
threatened or endangered species, but is
not required to analyze the larger biologi-
cal patterns or effects on an entire ecosys-
tem. This may result in incomplete studies
and inadequate conservation measures,
even after considerable sums have been
spent on the development of the plan.
A multi-species approach to habitat
conservation would magnify all the
problems associated with environmental
regulation and would essentially be
beyond the scope of the Act.
California has addressed this situation by
initiating its own Natural Communities
Conservation Planning Program (NCCP)
that identifies and resolves issues before
the Endangered Species Act is applicable.
In essence, the NCCP uses local planning
resources to protect substantial assem-
blages of habitat land before the area
becomes so fragmented or compromised
by development that the listing of individ-
ual species is likely under ESA.
Federal Tools for Resource Protection
• The Endangered Species Act
• The National Biological Survey
• The National Environmental
Policy Act
• Section 404: Wetlands
Protection
• Federal Land Preservation
Incentives
• USDA Environmental
Quality Incentive Program
• Federal Land Ownership and
Management
• U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service
• U.S. Forest Service
• Bureau of Land Management
![Page 171: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/171.jpg)
Because of its species-specific approach,
the ESA often attempts to protect small,
disconnected parcels of land where
significant numbers of the threatened
species exist, but not the larger tracts that
would allow the continued health of the
entire ecosystem of which the threatened
species is a part. NCCP takes the broader
view. Partners in the program, that include
several agencies of state government and
developers, enroll in the program and
agree to set aside critical habitat areas and
to monitor the ecosystems within them.
Case Study: Colorado’s
Memorandum of Understanding
Colorado has recently become the first
state in the United States. to execute an
agreement with the U.S. Department of the
Interior designed to give the state a greater
role in the application of the Endangered
Species Act (ESA). This agreement may
have implications for the design of local
habitat protection. In particular, as the
Colorado Division of Wildlife acts proac-
tively to prevent some species populations
from declining, it may need the assistance
and cooperation of Colorado’s local
governments. In some cases, the Division
of Wildlife may need to request that local
programs be initiated or expanded to
focus on habitat that is necessary to avoid
application of the Endangered Species Act.
On the positive side, if the state is success-
ful in working with local governments to
craft unique solutions within Colorado,
local governments may reap the benefit of
being able to plan for habitat protection
without having to work around the rigid
federal requirements and remedies of the
ESA in some cases.
For almost a century, there have been calls
for the federal government to create a
comprehensive biological inventory for the
country. Concerns over the loss of species,
wildlife habitat, and other natural
resources has created a myriad of envi-
ronmental regulations at the local, state,
and federal government levels. Across the
country, these regulations have led to seri -
ous conflicts between environmental pro-
tection and economic growth. The
Secretary of the Interior has termed these
situations “economic and environmental
train wrecks,” because they sometimes lead
to the derailing of major construction
projects at the last minute due to an
endangered species, wetlands, or late-
emerging environmental issue. The
increasing complexity of environmental
regulations and the desire to minimize the
number of future “train wrecks” has led to
renewed calls for a comprehensive biologi-
cal survey.
Although recent federal legislation has
redefined National Biologic Survey as the
Biologic Division of the U.S. Geological
![Page 172: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/172.jpg)
Survey instead of a free-standing agency
(effective September 1, 1996), its charge
and role as a center for research science
has not been altered.
The National Environmental Policy Ac t
( NEPA )2 applies to actions undertaken,
s ponsored, and in some cases permitted by
the federal government. The act is primarily
a procedural mandate that requires all
federal agencies to conduct an evaluation
of any action that may be defined as a
“major federal action” that may invo l ve a
“significant impact on the na t u r a l
e n v i r o n m e n t .” While judicial interpretations
of this threshold definition vary with the
circumstances, NEPA generally imposes a
requirement that the agency at least
consider all environmental impacts of a
g i ven action, as well as the alterna t i ve
actions and measures that may mitigate
such impacts. Although NEPA does not
effect an outright prohibition even on
those federal projects that do invo l ve
a d verse environmental impacts, it doe s
o perate to provide more information abo u t
the po t e n t ial adverse impacts of such proj-
ects and opens them to public scrutiny.
Among those factors that must be consid-
ered is the effect of the proposed project
on wildlife po p u lations.
Section 404 of the Clean Water Act3 is
relevant to wildlife habitat protection
whenever desired habitat involves wetland
areas. This federal act is administered
jointly by the U.S. Army Corps of
Engineers and the Environmental
Protection Agency, and provides significant
opportunities for comment and
involvement by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service. Section 404 creates a permit sys-
tem that regulates disturbances of wet-
lands when that disturbance will affect
more than one acre of the wetlands.
Permits can be denied if a proposed activi-
ty, including any dredging, channelization,
or development in a wetland will result in
a “significant degradation” of wetlands.
Significant degradation can include dimin-
ished recreational or aesthetic values as
well as damage to aquatic systems. In
addition, permits can be issued with con-
ditions requiring mitigation of wetlands
loss by restoring existing wetlands or cre-
ating new wetland areas.
Colorado’s local governments should be
aware that the need for a Section 404
permit may discourage development in
wetlands and make it easier to steer
development away from wetland habitats.
If the existence of wetlands is documented
as part of a local wildlife habitat inventory,
that information should be passed on to
both the Division of Wildlife and to the
![Page 173: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/173.jpg)
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service so that it can
be considered in future 404 permitting
activities. In addition, when a developer
proposes to build in a wetlands and then
mitigate the impacts off-site, the developer
may be looking for an existing wetlands to
restore as part of the mitigation process.
Colorado’s local governments should
therefore be prepared to suggest wildlife
habitat areas where restoration or
expansion of an existing wetland would
promote the quality of the habitat itself.
In order to accommodate the need to
mitigate wetlands off-site, some states have
recently begun creating wetlands mitiga-
tion banks. The mitigation bank idea arose
from criticism that builders were some-
times mitigating their impacts on large
wetlands by expanding small ones that
were not sustainable or not large enough
to achieve the goals of aquifer recharge,
water quality improvements, or wildlife
habitat protection. The intent of the bank
system is to designate large and healthy
wetland areas — often those that support a
wide variety of wildlife species — and
encourage developers to expand and
improve those areas. In some cases, private
investors have actually purchased signifi -
cant healthy wetland areas and then sold
the rights to improve and restore the buy-
ers on an acre-by-acre basis. To date,
more than 46 wetlands mitigation banks
are operating in the U.S., with most of
those located in California and Florida.
Oregon, Minnesota, New Jersey, Colorado,
and other states have specifically endorsed
the creation and operation of wetlands
mitigation banks4.
Some federal laws offer financial incentives
for land protection or impose disincentives
by withholding government subsidies for
adverse land uses. In many instances, the
types of land protected may have impor-
tant wildlife habitat value. While the scope
and funding of these programs is under
increasing pressure in Washington,
programs such as the Wetlands Reserve
Program and the Conservation Reserve
Program still exist. In general, federal
incentive programs are based on a simple
and compelling argument that the
government should not subsidize land
uses that are harmful and contradict other
established laws or policies. Such
programs have been very effective in the
context of agricultural and wetlands pro-
tection.
Wetlands Reserve Program
The federal Food Security Act of 1985 and
the Food, Agriculture, Conservation, and
Trade Act of 1990, known as the “farm
bills,” established a number of programs
designed to provide incentives for retain-
![Page 174: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/174.jpg)
ing wetlands. Perhaps the most significant
such program was provided in the
“Swampbuster” provisions of the Food
Security Act. These established a Wetlands
Reserve Program5, which offers incentives
for preservation of up to 1 million acres of
wetlands as well as disincentives for con-
version.
Under this program, participating farmers
prepare and implement wetlands
conservation plans and the federal
government pays the farmer for the value
of the use of the conserved lands as well
as a portion of the costs of restoration and
conservation. In addition, if the farmer
chooses to convert wetlands to agricultur-
al use, the farmer becomes ineligible for
federal agricultural price supports, crop
insurance, or any other federal agricultural
subsidy programs. By maintaining a
preservation incentive while eliminating
competing incentives to convert wetlands,
the federal government has provided a
program that promotes the retention of
wetlands and related habitat without
causing financial harm to farmers. The
1996 reauthorization of the Farms Bills
continued the Wetlands Reserve Program,
but its scope is still modest. The program
now authorizes the inclusion of 12,000 to
18,000 acres of land within Colorado.
Conservation Reserve Program
Also included in the 1985 and 1990 Farm
Bills are programs establishing a
Conservation Reserve Program6. Under
this program, the federal government
offers payments and executes voluntary
10-year agreements with farmers who elect
to remove highly erosive cropland from
production, thereby reducing environmen-
tal damage from runoff and preserving
wildlife habitat. About 36.4 million acres
have been removed from production for
at least 10 years under the program so far
and have been planted with tame or
native grasses. One important additional
benefit to wildlife has been to reduce pres-
sure on 32 million acres of grass inter-
spersed with lands remaining in
production7. Almost two million acres of
agricultural land within Colorado is
included in the program — or approxi-
mately one-sixth of all the tilled land in
the state. The Conservation Reserve
Program has been continued because it
has been shown to be a very cost-effective
way of reducing pollution that would oth-
erwise have to be abated after the fact.
Forest Stewardship
Incentives Program
The 1990 Farm Bill recognized the
i m portance of stewardship of private forest
land and land suitable for growing trees as
a vital element in the conservation of the
nation’s natural resources. The bill created
the Forest Stewardship Program (FSP) and
the Stewardship Incentives Program (SIP ) ,
![Page 175: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/175.jpg)
which are administered na t i o nally and
r e g i o nally by the United States Fo r e s t
Service and at the state level by the
Colorado State Forest Service. The FSP
p r ovides education and technical assistance
to private la n d owners. The SIP assists pri-
vate la n d owners to implement the la n d
stewardship activities recommended in their
long-range forest plans and to manage their
p r o perty for a variety of environmental
benefits, including wildlife habitat. Th e
program applies to la n d owners ow n i n g
between two and 1,000 acres of la n d
suitable for growing trees, provided they
meet eligibility requirements and implement
their plans according to applicable
r e g u lations for a minimum of 10 ye a r s .
Under the SIP, cost sharing can be used to
promote the development of forest
stewardship programs, reforestation,
a g r o f o r e s t r y, forest improvement, ripa r ia n
and wetland protection, and the
e n hancement of fisheries and wildlife
habitat. From 1990 to 1995, $1 million was
distributed in Colorado to support the
implementation costs of nearly 1,000
stewardship programs.
USDA Environmental Quality Incentives
Program (EQIP) is a new cost-share
program under the federal Agriculture
Improvement and Reform Act8 that
combines the functions of several existing
USDA cost-sharing programs, including
the Great Plains Conservation Program
and the Colorado River Basin Salinity
Control Program. The overall benefit of the
combined program is the collaborative
efforts between the various agencies to
ensure that the program runs successfully.
The Natural Resources Conservation
Service is responsible for policies, priori-
ties, and guidelines. The Farm Services
Agency is responsible for administering
the program at the state and local levels.
Under EQIP, five- to ten-year contracts
will be available to landowners to provide
cost-share and incentive payments for up
to 75 percent of the cost of installing con-
servation practices. EQIP is intended to
make the administration of programs and
funds more efficient. Payments to any per-
son are limited to $10,000 annually and
$50,000 for the life of the contract.
A bout 50 percent of all threatened and
e n dangered species listed under the
E n dangered Species Act occur at least once
on federal land. In addition, about 36
percent of the more than 24,000
occurrences of federally listed species are
found on federal lands. In some cases,
more than 50 percent of the po p u lation of
a threatened or endangered species lives on
![Page 176: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/176.jpg)
federal lands. As a result, the federal
g overnment can have a dramatic impact on
the preservation of certain species simply
through its actions as a la n d owner — and
a part from its role in land regulation. Th i s
is pa r t i c u larly true in a state like Colorado,
where the federal government owns more
t han one-third of all the land in the state.
The federal agency with the la r g e s t
o p portunity to protect endangered spe c i e s
is the U.S. Forest Service, because 16 pe r-
cent of all occurrences of listed spe c i e s
occur on lands that it manages. Lands
m a naged by the Bureau of Land
M a nagement house eight percent of the
occurrences. Lands controlled by the
De partment of Defense account for four
percent of occurrences, and lands mana g e d
by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and
the National Park Service each account for
three percent of oc c u r r e n c e s9.
The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service
(USFWS) plays a key role in many wildlife
habitat protection issues, but it is not
responsible for all federal wildlife
concerns10. USFWS activities are primarily
concerned with public lands and land set
aside specifically to protect critical wildlife
habitat. In addition to its primary charge,
the USFWS also provides the public with
opportunities for non-consumptive
wildlife activities. Most USFWS programs
also attempt to set an example to encour-
age responsible stewardship for the envi-
ronment and promote citizen involvement
in wildlife issues.
It is important to recognize that state
governments have a much different role in
protecting wildlife habitat based on their
various responsibilities to fulfill broad
public interests, and local governments
have a different role because of urban
characteristics and interests. Because
relatively little federal land is located in
urban areas, the scope of USFWS activities
in urban areas is limited. One notable
exception is the Rocky Mountain Arsenal,
whose 27 square miles represent a huge
urban wildlife reserve of great importance
to the state and the region.
The Forest Service, which is a division of the
U.S. De partment of Agriculture, promotes
wildlife habitat protection through its la n d
m a nagement practices on the land that it
controls. All Forest Service lands are
m a naged under the multiple-use philosophy,
which attempts to ba lance wildlife ha b i t a t
protection goals with public recreation goals.
Many aspects of habitat mana g e m e n t
practices of the U.S. Forest Service prov i d e
excellent models for developing loc a l
programs and philosophies.
![Page 177: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/177.jpg)
The Bureau of Land Management (BLM) is
a division of the Department of the
Interior that operates under a multiple-use
mandate contained in the Federal Land
Policy Management Act. A recent strategic
plan for the BLM listed fish and wildlife
protection as a top priority for the
agency11. The plan represents a new ideol-
ogy for the BLM and a very progressive
attitude towards wildlife habitat protection.
The new policies bring fish and wildlife
issues, riparian restoration, and recreation-
al priorities more in line with traditional
BLM functions of mineral resource and
rangeland management.
The implementation policies of BLM’s Fish
and Wildlife 2000 plan contain some key
innovations. For example, the plan targets
working cooperatively with state, local,
and private interests to achieve common
goals and promotes a cost-sharing pro-
gram to help fund multi-jurisdictional
projects. The plan represents a positive
change from the BLM’s historical tendency
to be driven by issues and events and
hopes to establish a pro-active attitude to
influence and shape the proper manage-
ment of valuable natural resources. As
urbanizing areas continue to encroach on
more and more natural resources, this
new philosophy could become a valuable
asset for future habitat planning efforts.
![Page 178: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/178.jpg)
The Colorado Division of Wildlife initiated
the Wildlife Resource Information System
(WRIS) to support implementation of the
Colorado State House Bill 1041. The objec-
tive of WRIS is the systematic collection
and communication of data to support
natural resource planning, particularly
planning by local governments. WRIS uses
a species mapping process to identify and
delineate habitat for species that are eco-
nomically important (e.g., deer, elk), as well
as for species that are threatened, endan-
gered, or are valuable as indicators of
habitat health. Once these species have
been identified, their known patterns of
habitat use are digitized into geographic
information systems and are used to com-
pile composite maps of sensitivity to
impact. Composite maps show areas with-
in a county that have high, moderate, and
low sensitivity to impact from develop-
ment. These maps are used by planners to
decide which development proposals
should be reviewed by field personnel
from the Division of Wildlife. Local gov-
ernments can contact the local Division of
Wildlife office to find out about how to
obtain help from the WRIS program.
The System for Conservation Planning
(SCoP) is a Division of Wildlife project
designed to help local communities set
goals for conservation of wildlife diversity
and to inform those communities of the
economic and regulatory mechanisms
available to achieve those goals. The SCoPs
project objectives are as follows:
• Develop a collaborative process to help
decision-makers, planners, and citizens
work together to set conservation priorities.
• Produce accessible information systems that
will help citizens and large-scale decision-
makers realize that cumulative effects of
changes in land use on wildlife diversity.
In 1992, the Colorado State constitution
was amended to create the Great Outdoors
Colorado Trust Fund (GOCO) and phase
out the capital construction fund by
199812. The constitutional amendment
creating GOCO directs the board of the
trust fund to make investments that are
substantially equal over the long term for:
• Wildlife programs through the Colorado
Division of Wildlife,
• Outdoor recreation through the Colorado
division of parks and outdoor recreation,
State Tools for
Resource Protection
• Wildlife Resource Information
System
• System for Conservation
Planning
• Great Outdoors Colorado
• Natural Areas Program
• Protection of Instream Flows
and Natural Lake Levels
• State Wildlife Areas and
Conservation Easements
• Habitat Improvements
Programs
• State Trust Lands Fish and
Wildlife Enhancement Projects
![Page 179: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/179.jpg)
• Competitive grants to the state parks
division, counties, municipalities, other
political subdivisions, and non-profit and
conservation organizations for the purpose
of acquiring and managing open space and
natural areas of statewide significance, and
• Competitive matching grants to local
governments to acquire, develop, or manage
open lands and parks.
The mission of the GOCO program is to
help the people of Colorado preserve ,
e n hance, appreciate, and enjoy the state’s
parks, wildlife, trails, rivers, open spa c e ,
and views. These goals are to be accom-
plished by making strategic inve s t m e n t s ,
fostering partnerships among dive r s e
interests, and supporting education abo u t
the outdoor environment. One of the spe-
cific programs currently being deve l o pe d
is non-game habitat protection grants.
These grants could become an invaluable
t ool in Colorado for protection of wildlife
habitat in urban areas. GOCO receive s
funding from state lottery proceeds and
uses them to accomplish a variety of
o b j e c t i ves for preserving, protecting and
e n hancing the state’s wildlife, parks, rive r s ,
trails and open space. Grants from GOCO
s u p port habitat protection through:
• Acquisition, leases, or easements of critical
wildlife habitat;
• Development of state parks and recreation
areas;
• Acquisition and maintenance of trails and
river greenways; and
• Identification, acquisition, and manage-
ment of unique open space and natural
areas.
The establishment of GOCO has created a
n u m ber of opportunities for loc a l
g overnments and state agencies. The GOCO
board of directors has deve l o ped a funding
p r ocess with the Division of Wildlife and
the Division of Parks and Outdoo r
Recreation to annually review funding
requests from these agencies. The funding
requests provide a base level of monies to
projects that meet the objectives of GOCO
and the Divisions. In addition, funding of
grants in the areas of Open Space, Loc a l
G overnment, Trails, and Capa c i t y
B u i l d i n g /P lanning are awarded annually or
more frequently. Fina l l y, GOCO has deve l-
o ped the Legacy Projects program to pro-
vide grants of between $2 to $10 million for
a few projects that integrate two or more of
the funding areas to projects of statewide or
r e g i o nal significance.
The goal of the Colorado Natural Areas
Program (CNAP) is to help private
landowners and public land agencies
identify and conserve areas of land that
contain special values habitat for animals
and plants, or paleontological, geological,
![Page 180: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/180.jpg)
or other natural features. Natural areas are
protected by voluntary cooperative
agreements; landowners keep all rights and
management responsibilities. Since 1977,
when the program began, it has developed
voluntary cooperative agreements for
protecting natural areas at 81 sites around
the state. The CNAP staff is available to
help identify natural areas and to advise
on managing them to persevere their spe-
cial value. The program offers some small
grants to encourage research on natural
areas.
One of the most important characteristics
determining the quality of aquatic habitats
is the amount of water in streams (the
instream flow) and lakes (the natural lake
level). In 1973, Senate Bill 97 created a
mechanism for protecting these
characteristics. Unlike all other private and
government entities, the Colorado Water
Conservation Board (CWCB) was
empowered to hold rights to water that
remained in streams or lakes. All other
parties must divert and use water to
maintain their beneficial use rights. The
CWCB can obtain rights to water by
purchase, donation, lease or contract. from
private parties or local governments. This
offers an important opportunity to coun-
ties and municipalities seeking to protect
aquatic habitats. Unused water rights can
be donated to the CWCB to assure ade-
quate water levels in streams and lakes.
For example, the city of Boulder gave its
rights to water in Boulder Creek and
North Boulder Creek to protect instream
flows there.
The Colorado Division of Wildlife holds
p r o perties for habitat protection and
wildlife recreation. There are 307,000 acres
held in fee title across the state; abo u t
30,000 acres are held through leases; and
70,000 additional acres are held under
easements. These lands contain impo r t a n t
habitat for a broad range of terrestrial and
aquatic species.
The Colorado Division of Wildlife spon-
sors or collaborates in four programs to
improve habitat for wildlife in Colorado13.
These programs include:
Cooperative Habitat
Improvement Program
The Cooperative Habitat Improvement
Program (CHIP) offers funds to share costs
of habitat improvement for wildlife on
private land. The program is flexible and
intended to improve wildlife habitat with-
![Page 181: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/181.jpg)
out affecting agricultural production.
Landowners determine the types of proj-
ects and where they will be implemented
and are not obligated to allow public
access to their land. Since 1993, the
Cooperative Habitat Improvement
Program has contributed over $80,000 to
help share the cost of establishing 1,325
acres of wildlife habitat.
Habitat Partnership Program
The Habitat Partnership Program (HPP)
develops partnerships between landown-
ers, land managers, sportsmen, the public,
and the Colorado Division of Wildlife to
reduce forage and fence conflicts between
big game animals (primarily deer, elk, and
antelope) and livestock on both public
and private lands. The program includes
improving big game habitat to attract ani-
mals away from conflict areas, improving
forage conditions to reduce competition
between big game and livestock, redistrib-
ution of concentrations of big game, fence
improvement or repair, leasing private
land for winter range, monitoring vegeta-
tion and animals, and occasional direct
payment if conflicts cannot be managed in
other ways and the party is eligible for
damage payments. There are 14 local HPP
committees throughout the state that
develop management plans within their
regions, including landowner surveys,
community meetings, and coordination
with other resource agencies.
Colorado Waterfowl Stamp
Program and Partners for Wildlife
The Colorado Waterfowl Stamp Program
was initiated in 1990 by establishing a
$5.00 stamp requirement for waterfowl
hunters and by initiating the sale of art
prints with the stamp image. Funds from
stamp sales have cooperatively funded the
creation and enhancement of over 27,000
wetland and upland acres on 300 projects,
including high-altitude ponds, eastern
plains reservoirs, and western slope river
bottoms. To date, funds from print sales
have been spent outside the state in a des-
ignated North American Waterfowl
Management Plan. A multi-agency project
review committee serves as the technical
advisory group for the selection of habitat
projects on both public and private lands.
Funding partnerships involving other gov-
ernment agencies, nonprofit organizations,
private individuals, and industry are used
to leverage the stamp funds for maximum
effectiveness. When projects are
implemented on private land, landowners
retain complete control of their property,
and there is no obligation to allow public
access.
The Colorado State Land Board mana g e s
a bout 3 million acres of land in Colorado.
Recently the State Land Board and the
![Page 182: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/182.jpg)
Colorado Division of Wildlife entered into
a memorandum of agreement to allow
w i l d l i f e - r e lated activities on some of the
state trust lands. Lands are identified tha t
have the highest values for wildlife watch-
ing, hunting, fishing, and other wildlife-
r e lated recreational uses. The program
includes 74 properties totaling over 150,000
acres. Another 350,000 acres are currently
targeted for enrollment in the program. Th e
State Land Board has adopted a multiple-
use policy for the use of the opened areas.
The Division of Wildlife contributes funds
for the program. A portion of the funds
are used for property restoration and na t-
ural resource enhancement projects. Th e s e
projects consist of water-rela t e d
d e velopments, fencing ripa r ian corridors
and other sensitive wildlife areas,
r e p lacement of fenced gates with cattle
guards, wildlife habitat plantings, control of
n oxious weeds, repair of property da m a g e
caused by recreationalists, and removal of
trash and other clean-up activities.
State Program Contacts
• Colorado Division of Wildlife - Wildlife Resource Information System - Denver
303-291-7277
303-297-1192
• Colorado Springs 719-473-2945
• System for Conservation Planning (SCoP) - Fort Collins 970-484-2836
• Great Outdoors Colorado - Denver 303-863-7522
• Colorado Natural Areas Program - Denver 303-866-3203
• Forest Stewardship Program - Fort Collins 970-491-6303
• Wetlands Reserve Program - Denver 303-236-2886
303-491-1968
• Conservation Reserve Program - Denver 303-291-7265
• Great Plains Conservation Program - Denver 303-236-2886
• Colorado River Salinity Program - Denver 303-236-2668
• Partners for Wildlife - Denver 303-291-7464
• Cooperative Habitat Improvement Program - Denver 303-291-7335
• Pheasant Habitat Improvement Program - Denver 303-291-7464
• Habitat Partnership Program - Denver 303-291-1192
• Colorado Habitat Improvement Program - Denver 303-291-7265
• Colorado Waterfowl Stamp Program - Fort Collins 970-484-2836
![Page 183: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/183.jpg)
Zoning Texts and Maps
The Colorado General Assembly has
provided broad enabling authority allow-
ing counties and cities to zone their
communities, but zoning is not mandato-
ry. According to the Department of Local
Government survey noted above, 26
percent of municipalities in Colorado and
14 percent of counties had no zoning in
1992. Enacting new zoning regulations or
revising existing regulations is often one of
the most effective ways of using local
powers to protect important habitat. Those
communities that have not yet enacted
zoning controls are forfeiting a highly
effective and versatile method of protecting
wildlife habitat14. Because each ordinance is
tailored to the circumstances of the local
government, zoning can address extremely
localized issues that may be important for
wildlife habitat protection.
In general, zoning ordinances are
implemented through the use of bo t h
r e g u latory text and maps. Zo n i n g
r e g u lations can therefore often be upda t e d
or amended by addressing the spe c i f i c
requirements in the ordinance text, or by
adopting new maps that apply regula t i o n s
to new areas, or a combination of both. Fo r
e xample, if a Colorado community wanted
to protect existing trees because of their
wildlife value, four options are possible:
• Enact a new subsection of text addressing
tree protection making the requirements
applicable to all zone districts.
• Draft similar protection language, but add
the new requirements only to specific zone
districts through amendments to chapters of
the code.
• Create a new chapter or subsection that
establishes a “habitat protection zone” and
amend the zoning map to apply the zone
where appropriate.
• Draft the protections into the text of an
“overlay zone” and then amend the zoning
maps to add the overlay district on top of
the existing zoning districts.
Map amendments and broad text
amendments are landscape level tools,
while text amendments relating to only a
few districts or small areas are considered
to be site level tools. As the fourth option
suggests, many of the protections
described in this section as “specialized
zoning controls” could also be imposed
through the use of the “special overlay
districts” described in subsection 3, and
vice versa. In each case, the key question
is whether the regulation is intended to
Local Government
Regulatory Tools for
Resource Protection
• Regulatory Approaches
• Incentives
• Acquisition Programs
• Development Agreements
![Page 184: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/184.jpg)
apply across an area that does not con-
form to existing zone district boundaries.
If it does, then an overlay map district
should probably be used.
Regardless of whether a text, map, or
overlay district approach is used, it is
usually wise to consider whether variances
or exceptions should be available where
strict application of the regulations would
create an unusual hardship or where
unique circumstances make it unlikely that
the regulation will in fact produce habitat
protection benefits.
Use Restrictions
Often, the most dramatic way to protect
wildlife habitat is to control the permitted
uses on habitat lands and surrounding
areas. Through its listing of uses-by-right,
conditional uses, and the criteria for
approval of conditional uses, a zoning
ordinance can prevent traffic-intensive or
people-intensive activities from occurring
close to prime habitat areas, migration
corridors, calving areas, and similar lands.
In some cases, it may be wise to amend
existing zoning ordinances to convert
current uses-by-right into conditional uses
subject to criteria designed to measure the
impact of the activity on wildlife. This
approach would allow applicants for those
uses to move forward with their projects if
they could design the site and manage
their operations in wildlife-sensitive ways.
Density Restrictions
Another effective way to reduce impacts
on wildlife is to control the density of
development in and around habitat areas.
At the landscape level, minimum lot size
requirements or maximum residential
densities can be amended to reduce the
number of people on sensitive land and
the frequency of human-animal interac-
tion. At the site level, projects can be
designed with a gradient of density away
from the habitat sites. Areas near the habi-
tat could have very low densities, and
development further back could have cor-
respondingly higher densities. Through the
use of gradients and clustering of develop-
ment away from prime habitat, wildlife
impacts can be dramatically reduced while
maintaining the overall number of resi-
dential units on the land.
Tree Protection and
Vegetation Management
Protection of wildlife habitat may be
achieved by regulating the tree or
vegetation cutting that the target species
use for cover or food. The use of this tool
has been increasing dramatically. In 1984,
a national study published by the
University of Pennsylvania identified less
than 100 tree protection ordinances in use
in the U.S., most of the ordinances in
Florida or California15. By 1989, however, a
survey of all incorporated cities in
California showed 159 city tree ordinances,
![Page 185: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/185.jpg)
and more than 50 percent of those con-
tained protections against removal of trees.
More importantly, tree protection laws are
no longer confined to densely populated
and rapidly growing states like Florida and
California, they are being adopted every-
where. Some communities, such as Austin,
Texas, and Thousand Oaks, California,
prohibit the removal of any trees larger
than a specified size.
Another important form of special
regulation is vegetation management.
Controlling the types of vegetation planted
in, or removed from, an area is an effective
way to attract desired species or discour-
age unwanted ones. Many approaches are
available, but the more comprehensive
and integrated ones will be more effective.
For example, local regulations can specify
the types of vegetation that must be main-
tained in designated greenways and
wildlife corridors. Often, the vegetation
requirements will differ from those in
standard landscaping ordinances.
Vegetation management can also be used
to create a transition from undeveloped
land to developed areas. In general, wood-
land and riparian areas are critically
important for wildlife habitat, and such
vegetation should be protected. Wetlands
should also be preserved to add biological
diversity, filter runoff, and recharge
groundwater systems16. Some communi-
ties like Lake County, Illinois, and Fairfax
County, Virginia, require that a certain
percentage of tree or vegetation cover
remain on a site.
Wh e n e ver tree preservation or ve g e t a t i o n
protection management ordinances are
adopted, regulations should also cla r i f y
t hat trees and vegetation adequately pro-
tected by the deve l o per will count tow a r d s
the satisfaction of applicable minimum
landscaping requirements in the zoning
c ode. The effectiveness of ve g e t a t i o n
protection programs often depends on the
identification of what specific species of
trees or vegetation will actually benefit a
g i ven species of wildlife in a given location.
River Corridor Protection
Standards
Zoning can also promote healthy wildlife
populations by protecting river corridors.
Several good examples of river corridor
protection are available. Park City, Utah,
and several other communities have
adopted standards requiring that
development be set back at least 100 feet
from rivers and streams and be buffered
from view. Fulton County, Georgia has
passed the Chattahoochee River Corridor
Tributary Act that creates a 35-foot buffer
zone along all banks of tributaries of the
Chattahoochee, a National Wild and
Scenic River. Similar regulations were
upheld by the Montana Supreme Court in
a recent case. In the Denver Gateway area,
![Page 186: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/186.jpg)
development must be set back from First
Creek a minimum of 200 feet, and other
buffering controls apply.
Vegetative Barriers or Buffer Areas
Vegetative barriers can be used to increase
the perceived separation between devel-
oped and natural areas. They can also be
used to either attract or repel different
species of wildlife. For example, in areas
where big game is not wanted, zoning and
landscaping standards can require the
planting of vegetation that large game
animals dislike. On the other hand, the
same code might require the planting of
species that attract songbirds. Similarly,
buffer zones can be used to decrease “line
of site” distances for wildlife and humans,
reduce noise disturbances of wildlife, pro-
tect critical habitat, and protect bodies of
water. In many cases, careful research will
be required to determine exactly how
much buffer will be required in order to
adequately protect the target species17.
Barrier and buffer requirements are usual-
ly site level tools.
Fencing Controls
Where local wildlife goals call for keeping
humans and large animals apart, zoning
regulations might require perimeter fencing
that is impassable to certain species. On
the other hand, if a new development
threatens to cut off a historic migration
route or to separate related feeding areas,
the code might put a limit on the heights
of fencing to ensure that the fences are
passable to wildlife. In still other cases, the
goal may be to make sure that wildlife see
the fences as they approach them, so that
they can avoid entanglement. In general,
fences lower than 40 inches tall will not be
a barrier or a source of entanglement to
large game animals. Fencing controls are
usually site level tools, because their effec-
tiveness often depends on the specific
location and layout of the land.
Controls on Public or
Vehicular Access
Another important category of zoning
control is access. In Colorado’s cities,
towns, and counties, the issue of access is
often an area of shared responsibility
between the planning department and the
public works or transportation depart-
ment, and effective controls will require
the joint efforts of both groups. In order
to protect wildlife, it is often necessary to
restrict human or vehicular access to areas
that wildlife use or routes along which
animals migrate. Access restrictions could
include permanent road closures, locked
or manned gates, or signs. In some cases,
merely requiring that the point of access
be hidden from the public may be ade-
quate, and may still leave a road or trail
open for use by emergency vehicles and
others. Where vehicular access is the prob-
lem and pedestrian access is acceptable,
![Page 187: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/187.jpg)
the zoning code or public works standards
might require that minor roads be
converted into trails18. Again, because the
appropriate level of access depends on the
location and layout of development, it is
usually a site level tool.
Other Development Standards
In addition, specialized zoning regulations
can be drafted to address numerous other
development factors that affect wildlife. For
example, window well covers might be
required at ground level in order to pre-
vent small animals from falling into areas
from which they cannot escape.
De velopment in rural areas may be required
to implement garbage mana g e m e n t
s t a n dards so that the introduction of pe o p l e
into an area does not result in added
o p portunities for wildlife to scavenge for the
f ood that humans throw aw ay. Examples of
g a r bage management techniques include
requirements that no garbage be placed in
an outside primary or accessory structure,
or that all garbage be disposed of in a
single, well secured and od o r - p r oof building
serving an entire development and loc a t e d
far from habitat areas.
Finally, it may be necessary to adopt spe-
cial standards restrictive in sensitive habi-
tat areas. Sage grouse, which are periodi-
cally considered for listing as a threatened
species, are particularly sensitive to noise.
Noise standards can be adopted as a
performance standard, by limiting noise to
a specific decibel, or by explicitly prohibit-
ing the activities that create unacceptable
levels of noise, such as all-terrain vehicle
use, hunting, or wood cutting.
Phasing of Development
In some cases significant wildlife benefits
can be gained by requiring new
development to be constructed in specific
phases. If the species to be protected can
adjust to the presence of humans nearby, a
phasing strategy might require that the
first stages of development occur far from
the prime habitat area, so that the animals
are not presented with a dramatic disrup-
tion of their habitat. Instead, construction
can begin far away and proceed towards
the habitat area, with development densi-
ties declining as construction gets nearer to
the buffer area or habitat. If the species to
be protected is unable to adjust to nearby
development, it may still make sense to
require construction to begin far away
from the prime habitat and corridor areas
to allow the animals time to find alterna-
tive habitat areas on their own.
Controls on Construction Activity
Any zoning regulation that invo l ves the
need to treat sensitive areas carefully
should address not only the desired out-
come, but also the rules that must be fol-
l owed during construction activity. Eve n
![Page 188: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/188.jpg)
when carefully crafted standards are be i n g
implemented by a coo pe r a t i ve la n d ow n e r
or deve l o pe r, a few careless activities during
the construction phase can destroy all the
habitat that was intended to be protected.
Construction controls may need to address:
• Prevention of accidental cutting of trees or
vegetation,
• Restrictions on excavation near roots or root
masses,
• Limitations on severe grade changes near
the vegetation or in mating or calving
areas,
• Restrictions on dumping of construction
materials or toxic materials near important
vegetation or other cover,
• Limitations on the use of fires to clear
vegetation prior to construction,
• Limitations on the duration or hours of
construction,
• Limitations on timing of construction to
avoid critical times for the wildlife, such as
calving periods,
• Limitations on the number of project
personnel or construction vehicles on site at
any one time, through the use of
transportation pools or staggered shifts,
• Restrictions on construction personnel access
to wildlife areas, and/or speed restrictions
on access roads19.
Integrated Approaches
When considering a zoning approach to
resource issues an integrated approach is
useful to ensure that other regula t i o n s
reinforce the new zoning provisions. Fo r
e xample, design standards for deve l o p m e n t
need to be modified to include wildlife
considerations. Stormwater mana g e m e n t
o r d i nances may need to reflect water
quality controls in natural areas tha t
s u p port wildlife. Other sensitive la n d
r e g u lations may be needed to implement or
reinforce a wildlife protection plan, such as
scenic highway controls, river corridor
protection, and steep slope protection.
In addition, when drafting new zoning
regulations, it is always important to keep
in mind the community's ability to enforce
the regulation. A sophisticated ordinance
carefully targeted to achieve subtle goals is
meaningless if the city or county does not
have personnel who can and will enforce
it or the budget to pay for the extra effort
involved. Often, a simple zoning
requirement can be as effective as a
complicated clause with much less effort.
Overlay zones are specialized zone dis-
tricts that supplement but do not replace
the basic zoning regulations applicable to
a property. They are a useful tool when an
area containing hazards, sensitive lands, or
unique opportunities crosses several
different standard zoning districts. Overlay
![Page 189: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/189.jpg)
zones are becoming a popular and effec-
tive method of protecting wildlife habitat
and natural resource features for larger
areas that include several underlying zon-
ing districts. An overlay zone effectively
eliminates the need to revise the regula-
tions for each zoning district. Instead, it
superimposes additional regulations
specifically targeted to protect important
physical characteristics of the land.
As a resource protection tool, overlay
districts have several advantages. They
allow local governments to tailor regula-
tions to specific issues that are relevant to
a discrete, mapable area. Since they do not
affect the underlying zoning governing
permissible densities and uses, they avoid
the need to reopen old debates in those
areas. They can also be drafted to reflect a
balance of different goals, such as envi-
ronmentally compatible development and
open space protection. At the same time,
overlay zoning has some draw backs. If the
terms of the zone are complicated, then it
m ay require skilled staff to implement and
enforce them. Some residents will see them
as adding a layer of complexity to deve l-
opment approval processes. In general,
ove r lay zones are used to address la n d
c haracteristics that extend across a wide
area or a variety of properties, and they
are therefore often considered a la n d s c a pe
l e vel tool.
Sensitive Lands
An increasing number of cities and coun-
ties in the Rocky Mountain West are
adopting special overlay regulations to
protect sensitive environmental areas. For
example, Park City, Utah, recently adopted
overlay regulations to protect a broad
range of environmentally sensitive features
including wetlands, stream corridors, steep
slopes, ridge lines, and view corridors. In
1994, Summit County, Colorado, adopted a
special overlay district and regulations
stating that the county “seeks to fully
protect wildlife habitats within the wildlife
overlay zone from the significant adverse
effects of development”. The ordinance
includes detailed definitions of what
constitutes “significant adverse effects” of
development and contains detailed
provisions allowing the county to require
a wildlife impact report from the develop-
er either at the start of the application
process or later if available information is
not adequate to make a decision. The
Summit County ordinance is comprehen-
sive, flexible, and relatively short, all of
which increase its usability and under-
standability.
Wildlife Corridors
A second popular use of overlay districts
is to designate and protect corridors that
serve as migration routes and provide
continuous strips of habitat. They can also
provide important aesthetic and recre-
![Page 190: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/190.jpg)
ational benefits to the community20.
Because of this important overlap of
wildlife and human benefits, the commu-
nity may be able to support wildlife corri-
dors without understanding the full eco-
logical importance of open space preserva-
tion. Care should be taken not to plan for
recreational access or trails, however, in
areas where that will compromise wildlife
goals. Not every corridor needs to be a
hiking or biking trail. Because wildlife cor-
ridors need to be relatively continuous
between patches of habitat in order to be
effective, they are a good landscape scale
protection tool.
Voters often think of greenways and
corridors as parks and trails, but for
wildlife a corridor can also be an undevel-
oped parcel, a drainageway, or a utility
right-of-way. A carefully designed overlay
can protect existing and natural features
that promote species richness and diversi-
ty. They can also facilitate cooperative
planning with other local government
functions such as designing drainage and
flood control systems. The important
underlying objective is to minimize habitat
fragmentation by creating or enhancing
ecological connections between larger
wildlife habitat areas. The protection of
wildlife corridors and greenways can pro-
duce measurable results in a short time
with a minimum of inventory and other
staff-intensive procedures. Those initial
positive results may also encourage local
officials to pursue additional protection
measures.
Often, the overlay zone requires minimum
setbacks from known wildlife movement
areas or riparian areas. Wildlife corridors
can also be accomplished in conjunction
with other projects. For example, a utility
corridor through a forest area could be cut
to provide a transition ecosystem and be
more aesthetically pleasing than the
traditional clear-cut swath.
Flood and drainage control projects can
utilize existing vegetation instead of
replacing it with concrete. Stormwater
management can be planned to support
wetlands and riparian vegetation. Many
other overlapping objectives exist within
any local government system, and can be
developed through interagency
communication. In addition, certain uses
can be prohibited or converted into
conditional uses in an overlay area.
Agricultural and Open Space
Zoning
Zoning and subdivision ordinances
commonly require minimum lot sizes. In
suburban single-family residential areas,
minimum lot sizes typically range from
one-quarter to two acres. To preserve
agricultural areas, forests, wetlands,
floodplains, and other types of wildlife
![Page 191: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/191.jpg)
habitat, Colorado communities have
adopted a variety of special agricultural
land and large-lot zoning programs that
require larger minimum lot sizes. In
addition, many of these ordinances
increase the requirement that a specific
percentage of each parcel must remain in
open space. Lot size controls are generally
considered to be site level controls.
A few communities have adopted exclusive
agricultural zoning, which has proven to be
quite effective in protecting farmland. To the
degree that the community wants to protect
t y pes of wildlife habitat that are found in
and around farming operations, this can be
an effective wildlife tool. Generally, such
zoning includes a large minimum pa r c e l
size, often 160 acres or greater, the exclu-
sion of all non-farm land uses, and other
restrictions such as limits on the number of
building permits in the zone. Again,
because they are usually aimed at la r g e
areas of farm or ranchland, agricultural
zoning is a la n d s c a pe-scale tool.
Large-lot zoning provisions may come in
a variety of forms. So-called “quarter-
quarter” zoning allows each landowner
one buildable lot per 40 acres of farmland.
Once the allowable number of lots have
been developed anywhere on the property,
no more construction is allowed. This
approach works best in rural areas with
only moderate growth pressure and larger
farms, and is used extensively in the rural
areas around Minneapolis/St. Paul.
In contrast, sliding-scale zoning decreases
the number of residences allowed per acre
as the parcel size increases: a ten-acre par-
cel may be allowed one residence, a 40
acre-parcel only two, and a 160-acre tract
only three units. Sliding-scale zoning has
shown to be effective in agricultural areas
that are under development pressure. It
allows some development to occur, but
still preserves some farmland, particularly
larger parcels. Adequate buffers must be
established between agricultural and resi-
dential uses.
Large lot zoning has several features that
work well to protect habitat. It prevents
the development of large tracts of open
spaces and agricultural areas. In addition,
it may reduce inflationary land specula-
tion by reducing the prospects for easy
conversions to higher intensity, non-agri-
cultural uses. It is also simple to administer
and involves little cost to government. On
the other hand, large lot zoning can be
harmful to wildlife habitat protection if it
encourages valley floors or watersheds to
be broken up into checkerboards of indi-
vidual lots that ignore habitat values.
Communities that use large lot zoning
techniques to reduce overall densities
should generally offer the alternative of
clustering the same number of homesites
![Page 192: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/192.jpg)
in portions of the area without high habi-
tat value and offer a density bonus for
such clustering. It will often be more eco-
nomical and marketable for a large
landowner to create ten smaller homesites
near existing roads and utility systems
than to create ten large lots scattered
across a valley and have less impact on
wildlife. In addition, communities that
pursue large lot zoning should ensure that
the standards they adopt allow for some
economic use of each parcel of land.
Performance Zoning
Performance zoning regulates development
primarily by limiting development impacts
rather than densities or uses. Such
ordinances may target either a single type
of impact or a broad range of impacts,
such as traffic generation, pollutant emis-
sions, storm water runoff, and open space
preservation. Developments that meet
these standards are allowed regardless of
whether they are residential, commercial,
industrial, or institutional, but even low-
density developments that fail to meet the
standards are prohibited. While perform-
ance zoning regulations have been used
since the 1950s, they have become increas-
ingly popular as local governments have
realized that the impacts of development
are relatively unrelated to the category of
land use.
Performance standards may be expressed
in terms of minimum open space ratios,
maximum vegetation disturbance limits,
maximum noise or glare limits, minimum
contiguous landscaping standards, or
similar standards. Since habitat protection
focuses on the impact of development on
critical areas, performance zoning is
basically well suited to wildlife protection.
Sophisticated performance zoning
ordinances targeting multiple impacts may
incorporate point systems. Development
proposals are assigned point values for
their ability to minimize a variety of
impacts, and all development proposals
must achieve specified minimum scores.
Breckenridge and Boulder, Colorado, are
examples of communities that have
embraced point systems, with emphasis on
protection of environmentally sensitive
areas and promotion of high-quality
development. Performance zoning may
either supplement or replace traditional
zoning regulations. Thus, an overlay zone
district might incorporate performance
standards rather than specific development
requirements. Communities that chose the
performance approach should make a
commitment to careful measurement of
individual impacts of development.
Performance standards have several dis-
tinct advantages over traditional zoning in
some circumstances. They provide oppor-
![Page 193: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/193.jpg)
tunities for developers to design innova-
tive development layouts that can accom-
modate development while attaining
wildlife goals. It does not presume that the
solution contained in a set of physical
zoning regulations is the only way to
achieve the community’s goal.
Subdivision Review Standards
In contrast to zoning regulations,
subdivision approval standards address
primarily the size and shape of lots that
can be made available for development
and the amount of infrastructure that
must be installed before development can
proceed. Although originally designed to
protect consumers from the sale of sub-
standard or undevelopable lots and to
protect the public from low quality devel-
opment, subdivision standards have
expanded to include many restrictions
aimed at controlling the impacts of devel-
opment. Under Colorado law, many con-
trols that could be included in zoning reg-
ulations can also be addressed in
subdivision controls, and vice versa. While
Colorado cities and towns may appoint a
planning commission and adopt
subdivision regulations if they wish,
Colorado counties are required to do both.
Counties do not currently have the power
to directly regulate the subdivision of land
into parcels larger than 35 acres.
In order to protect wildlife habitat, for
example, subdivision standards could
require the use of large lots to limit the
number of people living in the area, or
could prohibit the creation of lots in
sensitive areas. In addition, many modern
subdivision ordinances impose strict
buffering requirements in an attempt to
protect undeveloped areas. Subdivision
regulations could also include standards
requiring that storm drainage be managed
to promote riparian vegetation where
desirable or to avoid disturbing desert
vegetation important to a species.
Similarly, lot size and shape regulations
could be structured so as to minimize the
number of different lots that are laid out
along an important drainage or migration
corridor, because human activity is often
proportionate to the number of houses in
the area.
Land Dedication Requirements
Colorado statutes explicitly authorize
county governments to require landown-
ers to dedicate a portion of their land as
future s c h ool and park sites as a condition
of development. The Colorado and U.S.
Supreme Courts have required that the
required dedications be roughly
p r o po r t i o nal to the impacts of the pro-
posed development. Local gove r n m e n t s
have considerable latitude to designa t e
which land should be designated for future
parks, and to decide whether the appropri-
![Page 194: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/194.jpg)
ate park for that area should be an active
or pa s s i ve area.
Sanctuary Regulations
Legislatively adopted “sanctuaries” is an
increasingly popular tool for existing types
of land use. Many agricultural areas
encounter difficulties when new
development locates nearby. The problems
begin when relatively low land values
attract residential or commercial
development. After construction, new
residents find that the pre-existing
agricultural uses emit odors and stir up
dust. These issues lead to conflict, often
involving expensive litigation, and in
many cases the initial users leave the area
to seek new locations to avoid such con-
flicts and expenses. When the original
agricultural area served as wildlife habitat,
this leaves the habitat open to develop-
ment. Where local governments wish to
retain agricultural and wildlife uses, they
can create sanctuaries that prevent the
encroachment of incompatible uses. “Right
to operate” provisions in such sanctuary
zones immunize local farmers or ranchers
against nuisance claims, rezonings, or
other pressures to require changes in
operations that would be detrimental to
the farm or ranch and might lead it to
stop operations.
The Colorado General Assembly has
adopted a variation of this protection
against nuisance claims by specifying that
an agricultural operation cannot be
defined as a nuisance. More specifically,
“an agricultural operation is not, nor shall
it become, a private or public nuisance by
any changed conditions in or about the
locality of such operation after it has been
in operation for more than one year.”
Local ordinances that define agricultural
operations a nuisance or provide for their
abatement as a nuisance are void24.
An Overall Growth
Management System
Protections for wildlife habitat can also be
integrated into overall growth management
systems through the use of urban growth
boundaries, targeted growth strategies, and
capital improvement programs. Again,
because these tools generally address
growth patterns in an entire jurisdiction,
they are good examples of landscape-scale
protection tools.
• Urban Growth Boundaries
The use of growth boundaries allow cities to
guide new development patterns by direct-
ing urban services to such areas and
withholding them from others. In particu-
lar, communities with urban growth
boundaries can ensure that those bound-
aries do not include sensitive habitat areas.
If they do, then the city or town may want
to re-think where it wants to install
infrastructure so as to avoid habitat areas
that it wants to protect.
![Page 195: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/195.jpg)
The regional government for the Portland,
Oregon, Metropolitan Area has delineated
an urban growth boundary administered
by local governments in compliance with
state legislation. This program has proven
generally successful in confining growth to
the areas within the boundary. Within the
boundary, development has often bypassed
previously “urbanized” areas and located in
outlying “urbanizable areas”, but the
program has been generally successful at
containing leapfrog development, preserving
more outlying areas for agricultural and
other less intensive uses, and maintaining
order in metropolitan growth patterns.
Some communities have established urban
growth boundaries even without a
statewide mandate. Boulder, Colorado delin-
eated boundaries for the extension of urban
services and has worked with the County to
channel growth to areas adjacent to already
developed areas. This method precludes
development and costly service extensions in
the mountainous areas bordering the city.
• Targeted Growth Strategies
Another similar approach is that of
designating development areas to which
new growth is targeted within a region. A
targeted growth system could reduce
development in large areas of a county or
region where sensitive habitat areas exist.
One recent example comes out of the
MetroVision 2020 Task Force of the Denver
Regional Council of Governments. As an
alternative to dispersed development pat-
terns that may result as the region adds a
predicted 900,000 people over the next 25
years, the MetroVision 2020 Task Force has
recommended consideration of development
of satellite cities where growth would be
channeled. These satellite cities that could be
existing communities or new planned
communities would be physically separated
from the central urban area by open space
or undeveloped land. Other urban growth
would be limited to existing cities and
already approved master planned
communities. In some cases, this would
tend to preserve contiguous areas of habitat
and/or wildlife corridors between the
settlement centers.
In general, targeted growth arrangements
cannot be effective as habitat protection
tools unless they involve the cooperation of
at least the county government or a region-
al planning area. Although individual
cities and towns can protect limited areas
within their borders, efforts to protect near-
by areas will always be subject to develop-
ment permitted by the county or an adja-
cent city or town.
• Capital Improvements Programming
In addition to urban growth boundaries
and targeted growth schemes, Colorado’s
local governments can incorporate wildlife
protection goals into their capital
improvements programs and budgets. In
many jurisdictions around the country, a
strong relationship has been shown between
the presence of infrastructure and
development of the land. Local governments
can effectively discourage the development of
habitat areas by not planning for or
budgeting for water or sewer lines or roads
![Page 196: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/196.jpg)
in the area, and by discouraging the cre-
ation of special districts to finance those ele-
ments of infrastructure. Since the creation of
all water, wastewater, and metropolitan dis-
tricts is subject to the approval of either the
county or city government in which it is
located, local governments can prevent the
creation of infrastructure financing districts
by withholding that approval.
Coordination with Other Land
Development Codes
Wildlife habitat protection does not exist
in a vacuum. It must be consistent with,
and reflected in, the other local govern-
ment land use control systems. In addition
to the types of zoning, subdivision, and
growth management controls described
above, wildlife protection standards must
be coordinated with street and access
codes, annexation policies, and environ-
mental control systems. Street design codes
should be drafted to allow smaller and less
disruptive streets near wildlife areas, and
to allow alternative access patterns direct-
ing traffic movements to less sensitive
areas. Local annexation policies should
reinforce habitat protection by providing
that annexation or development agree-
ments must be consistent with wildlife
protection plans and regulations, and to
discourage the extension of utilities into
sensitive areas. Unless all of a city’s or
county’s land use controls work together
to treat habitat areas in a consistent way,
they will probably not be effective.
A second important category of tools for
implementing habitat protection is
i n c e n t i ves. Many local governments tha t
are reluctant to adopt land use regula t i o n s ,
are willing to adopt incentives. With careful
attention, incentives can sometimes be as
e f f e c t i ve, or even more effective tha n
r e g u lations. When crafting an incentive
approach to wildlife habitat, how e ve r, it is
i m portant to ensure that the incentive s
offered to enhance wildlife do not
undermine other important community
goals. Once again, habitat protection doe s
not exist in a vacuum, and loc a l
g overnment incentive programs need to be
integrated as carefully as its regula t o r y
programs.
Density Bonuses
Perhaps the most common form of
incentive is development density bonuses.
In these programs, the local government
offers landowners a chance to construct
more residential or commercial
development on their land if they will take
certain actions to promote wildlife. The
required actions can include locating
development outside of prime habitat
areas, implementing groundwater runoff
controls to avoid erosion into streams
used by wildlife, planting specific types of
vegetative cover that attract (or repel)
wildlife, or avoiding glare and traffic
movements near wildlife areas or corri-
![Page 197: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/197.jpg)
dors. The amount of additional develop-
ment density allowed should vary
depending on the importance and difficul-
ty of the landowner’s actions to promote
wildlife, but are commonly in the range of
a 25 to 50 percent bonus. Larger bonuses
may create fairly significant development
impacts and may raise questions about the
rationale behind the base zoning density.
Care should be taken to avoid granting
incentives that result in additional wildlife
impacts that are greater than the benefit
gained by the landowner’s habitat protec-
tion measures.
Clustering
A second form of incentive is cluster
zoning, which provides flexibility for
developers to construct buildings in clus-
ters while remaining within the constraints
of overall average density restrictions.
Under cluster zoning, maximum densities
are calculated not for individual lots, but
for overall development areas. Rather than
requiring uniform intervals between
building sites, such ordinances often waive
minimum lot size and dimension
requirements to allow tight clusters of
buildings in some areas, with other por-
tions of the parcel set aside for open space
or habitat uses. Often, the local govern-
ment imposes a requirement that cluster-
ing cannot occur unless most or all of the
land that is left undeveloped is protected
from future development through the use
of a conservation easement or deed
restriction. In other cases, the government
reserves site plan review authority over
the clustered d e velopment to ensure tha t
the layout, visibility, and design do not cre-
ate negative impacts on the area. Cluster
zoning concepts are widely used to pe r m i t
d e velopment while setting aside areas for
the preservation of sensitive areas, such as
forested areas, wildlife habitat, wetla n d s ,
agricultural areas, and other such
resources. While some cities and counties
a l l ow clustering throughout their jurisdic-
tion, others target the tool where it is pa r-
t i c u larly important to protect sensitive la n d
or habitat.
Transferable Development Rights
A third form of development incentive for
habitat protection is density transfers,
which are usually implemented through a
Transferable Development Rights (TDR)
program. Density transfers involve the
shifting of permissible development densi-
ties from unsuitable development areas to
more appropriate sites; in this case from
important habitat areas to less important
areas. Under this concept, the local
government studies and designates
appropriate “sending” and “receiving” areas
on a map. A participating landowner in a
sending area transfers development rights
to another landowner in a receiving area,
who increases his or her development
rights in that area beyond what would
![Page 198: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/198.jpg)
otherwise be possible. In general, the price
of development rights being transferred is
left to the private market, and the local
government does not try to affect that
price one way or another.
The success of the program in protecting
wildlife habitat will depend in large part in
the careful ba lancing of opportunities in
sending and receiving areas, so tha t
e x c e s s i ve sending areas do not flood the
market and restrictive receiving areas do
not limit the usability of the credits for sa l e .
Importantly, TDR programs seldom work
if the underlying zoning is too generous
with development density, because neither
potential buyers nor potential buyers of
transferable rights have any incentive to
participate.
Grants and Loans
Local governments can make grants or
loans to support the acquisition or
management of important wildlife areas, to
promote wildlife education, and complete
wildlife inventories. In the alternative, the
local government can apply to the state
and federal governments or to non-profit
foundations and associations for money
to fund such grants.
In addition, grant and loan programs can
sometimes be used to supplement
regulatory tools. At the same time they
can change their regulations regarding
land development, and some communities
make financial resources available to help
landowners cover the added cost of
complying with those regulations.
Grants and loans have several advantages
as a habitat protection tool. Their effect
can be direct and immediate. Development
proposals can be changed, information
can be collected, and education efforts can
begin. In addition, public loans and grants
can often be used as matching funds to
obtain additional private investment or
financing. A little seed money can go a
long way towards a long-term financing
solution. They can also make the adoption
of new regulations more politically
acceptable by giving the public an easy
means to comply with them. Revolving
loan funds can go further by allowing a
fixed amount of government seed money
to be used over and over again as the
recipients repay the loans.
Preferential Tax Treatment
A fifth form of incentives to preserve
habitat is preferential tax treatment.
Although Colorado’s system of prope r t y
assessment and taxation is regulated by
the General Assembly and by constitu-
t i o nal provisions such as the TA BOR and
G a l lagher amendments, there are still
some opportunities for local gove r n m e n t s
to craft incentives for preservation of
i m portant lands.
![Page 199: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/199.jpg)
• Use Assessments
Where potential profits motivate landown-
ers to convert low-density land uses to high-
er intensities, or to convert important habi-
tat areas into intensive development areas,
preferential tax programs can counter these
motives by providing incentives to maintain
existing low intensity uses. One of the most
important forms of preferential taxation is
current use assessments. Local governments
levy real property taxes against the assessed
value of property. Under standard practice,
tax assessors determine value based upon
the “highest and best use” of a property,
which reflects the highest potential use of
such property. Current use assessments alter
assessment practices by requiring
assessments to reflect actual current uses
rather than prospective potential uses.
Where development pressures create higher
property values and tax burdens, current
use assessments provide tax relief to
landowners who choose to continue agricul-
tural, forestry, rangeland, or other low-den-
sity uses that are consistent with continued
habitat value. The Colorado Constitution
provides a preferential tax system to encour-
age continued agricultural land uses.
Another application of the current use
assessment concept allows pri v a t e
landowners to contract with govern m e n t
agencies to restrict the use of their properties.
S u ch agreements limit the range of potential
highest and best uses, thereby decreasing the
assessed value of the properties and
providing tax relief to landowners who agree
to such restrictions. Often, this can be done
through a conservation easement or deed
r e s t riction as well as through a development
agreement. Because use assessments are
granted based on the use of a specific parcel
of land, they work as a site level habitat
protection.
• Tax Credits
Another tax incentive approach that has
proven to be successful in preserving open
space involves offering income tax credits for
the value of approved conservation
easements. Federal tax deductions are
available for donations of qualifying open
space or open space easements to non-profit
organizations. This tool is frequently used
by private land trusts and is discussed in
more detail below. In general, preferential
tax systems present an equitable way to
encourage open space or low density uses by
requiring tax assessments to reflect current
rather than prospective values. They also
help accomplish land conservation goals
without the use of regulations. Conversely,
most preferential tax systems cannot delay
development pressure indefinitely. Potential
profits from the development of habitat
land can easily outweigh the benefits of a
property tax break. Where there is no
recapture provision, as in Colorado,
preferential taxes may reward land
speculators and developers by lowering
holding costs until the development market
creates sufficient profit incentives for
conversion to nonagricultural uses. Finally,
such tax systems do create indirect public
costs in the form of foregone tax revenues.
Since tax credits for easements depend on
the specific parcel of land involved, they are
primarily a site level tool.
![Page 200: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/200.jpg)
One of the most effective ways of
preserving wildlife habitat is to purchase it.
L ocal ownership often simplifies
m a nagement decisions and provides a
r e la t i vely permanent way to protect the
habitat. Government acquisition strategies
can be used effectively as a supplement to
r e g u lations, espe c ially where control of the
land is necessary to prohibit essentially all
d e velopment in sensitive environmental
areas or to prohibit general public access
for recreational and other purposes. Wh i l e
r e g u latory protection programs must leave
an economic use of the land for the ow n e r,
g overnment ownership removes tha t
obstacle, because the government is
e s s e n t ially agreeing to use the land for
non-economic purposes. Thus, when
communities be l i e ve that the only way to
protect habitat is to prevent virtually all
use of the area, they should consider fee or
d e velopment rights acquisition programs.
Ownership programs generally fall into
two categories. First, some programs seek
to buy the land itself, which are often
called “fee ownership” programs. The sec-
ond type of program seeks to buy the
rights to develop the land into uses incon-
sistent with its role as wildlife habitat, and
are often called “sellback”, “leaseback”, or
“development rights” programs. Local
communities interested in obtaining land
or development rights for habitat preser-
vation should also think about incentives
that may be available to induce the
landowner to donate the land to the com-
munity or to a third party who will man-
age it. Often, such donations can be a way
for wealthy landowners to obtain a valu-
able tax deduction. The local government
can also agree to name the protected habi-
tat area in honor of the landowner making
the donation.
Because acquisition programs focus on the
need to acquire specific areas of land and
the value of that land, they are often
thought of as site level tools. However, if
the community pursues a consistent strat-
egy to acquire lots of land or development
rights in a defined habitat area, the result
can be a very effective landscape level
protection.
• Fee Simple Purchase
Ownership of land includes rights of
possession, access, exclusion, disposition,
and rights to specified uses such as mining,
hunting, or development. Where one party
owns the entire bundle of these rights, that
party owns the land “in fee simple.”
Acquisition of land in fee simple gives the
purchaser full title to and possession of all
rights associated with the purchased
property, subject only to the constraints
imposed by nuisance laws and valid public
regulations including zoning and
subdivision. Fee simple ownership provides
the simplest and most effective means of
implementing habitat control: the
government owns the land, controls its
development, redevelopment, preservation,
![Page 201: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/201.jpg)
and access. Once the government entity
assumes fee simple ownership, it has a
broad range of options: The government
may reconvey selected interests in the land,
restrict future uses of the land, lease the
land, or otherwise control the bundle of
property rights in a manner consistent with
its habitat objectives.
• Integration into Park and Open Space
Purchase Programs
Many Colorado communities already have
a program in place for the acquisition of
open space for parks and trails. Most often,
such programs are included in the city,
town, or county’s regular capital
improvements programming, where they
must compete with other pressing needs for
public investment. In other cases such as
Boulder, Jefferson, and Douglas Counties,
the voters of the county have approved a
separate tax to fund a free-standing open
space acquisition program that does not
need to compete for scarce public monies.
Where such programs exist, it may be
possible to expand them to include the
acquisition of important habitat lands
merely by amending the list of eligible types
of land and criteria for the selection of habi-
tat lands. In many cases, this expansion
would be consistent with the intent of the
existing program, and would not require
the creation and funding of an open space
program specifically designed for wildlife. In
cases where open space purchase programs
have been approved through voter
referendums, however, great care should be
taken to ensure that an expansion of the
program is clearly consistent with the
referendum approved by the voters.
• Sellbacks and Leasebacks
Once the government owns the land,
however, it does not need to retain
ownership of all of the bundle of sticks in
order to protect wildlife habitat. It can use
its position as the owner of the land to facil-
itate the rezoning of the land or to impose
negative easements, deed restrictions, or
development agreements, and then resell the
land to a third party. This is known as a
“purchase and sellback” transaction.
Alternatively, a city or county government
could purchase the property and then lease
it to a third party subject to conditions and
restrictions as provided in the lease. This is
known as a “purchase and leaseback”.
• Purchase “Triggers”: Options and Rights of
First Refusal
Just as the local government may not need
to keep ownership of the entire fee interest
in land to achieve its goals, it may not need
to purchase the property at all until an
alternative use or sale of the land is
contemplated. Purchase “triggers” apply the
basic concept of purchase options in real
estate transactions — they provide a means
for a potential purchaser to “tie up” a
property without actually buying it. By
purchasing an option on property, a
potential purchaser reserves the exclusive
right to purchase the property within a spec-
ified time period, or in the event that certain
events happen. A related tool is a “right of
first refusal”, under which the local govern-
ment entity pays for a first right to pur-
chase a property if the property is to be sold.
The buyer of a right of first refusal often
does not need to negotiate a price in
advance, but is obligated to match a bone
![Page 202: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/202.jpg)
fide offer submitted by another potential
purchaser. This avoids the difficulty of
valuing habitat land now, but does protect
the seller against having to sell at a bar-
gain price when there is a better offer from
another potential buyer. Because right of
first refusal programs leave the potential
purchase price for the land to be determined
by a third party, they may create problems
for local governments that need predictable
costs in order to meet their budget con-
straints and funding cycles. To avoid this
problem, local governments that want to tie
down the price of a future purchase now
should instead buy an option or execute a
right of first refusal with a clear statement
of the agreed upon price
• Life Estates
In some cases, a Colorado town, city, or
county may be able to achieve its wildlife
habitat goals through the acquisition of life
estates in important lands. Not infrequently,
the owners of agricultural or ranch lands
would prefer not to develop their lands and
would like to see the farm or ranch remain
intact as long as possible. However, many
of these same owners would like to be able
to pass their land on to their children for
them to do with as they wish. For that rea-
son, they are unwilling to grant easements
or impose deed restrictions or covenants that
would bind their children in their use and
disposition of the land. In those
circumstances, and if prime habitat areas or
corridors are involved, the local government
may want to purchase a life estate in the
land and lease the property back to the cur-
rent owner at roughly the same cost. The
terms of the transaction allow the
government to control the use of the land
during the owner’s lifetime, but terminate
that control at the time of the owner’s
death. Even though the land could be put to
incompatible uses some time in the future,
the purchase of a life estate can buy time for
the local community to consider follow-up
steps and/or to raise money for the eventual
purchase of the property. Again, since life
estates are negotiated for specific parcels of
land, the purchase of a life estate is consid-
ered a site level protection tool.
• Easements and Purchases of Development
Rights
Easements can be viewed as just a few of
the bundle of rights that are included in fee
simple ownership. They constitute severable
interests in land. The severable nature of
easements allows a landowner to convey or
reserve specific rights associated with a
property apart from the right to poses and
use the land in general. By applying the
law of easements, local governments can
control land development without buying
the fee simple interest in the habitat land
itself. Easements and development rights
programs are essentially programs enabling
the local governments to pay landowners to
forgo certain land development rights, and
documenting the transfer of those
development rights to the government.
• Land Dedications and Impact Fees
Land dedications are conveyances of land
from a private owner to a local government
either voluntarily, or to offset the anticipat-
ed impacts of a proposed development. An
![Page 203: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/203.jpg)
increasing number of Colorado local
governments are imposing land dedication
requirements or fees-in-lieu of dedication as
conditions for permit approvals. State
statutes explicitly authorize Colorado’s
county governments to impose land
dedication requirements or fees-in-lieu for
parks and schools, and a large number of
home rule municipalities impose similar
requirements.
• Land Trades
Local governments should always consider
whether the most cost-effective way to
acquire habitat lands may be to trade other
lands owned by the government and no
longer needed for their original purposes. In
the course of time, many towns and
counties discover that they have an
inventory of land parcels in or near
developed areas that the government no
longer needs. Instead of selling those parcels
on the open market, the government may
want to consider a trade for habitat lands
further away. In cases where the current
owner of the habitat lands is holding it for
future development, a potential trade for
land nearer to water and sewer lines and
market demands may be very attractive.
Often, Colorado’s local governments may
find opportunities to protect quality
wildlife habitat through negotiations with
individual la n d owners at the time when
s pecific development propo sals are brought
forward. The most flexible technique for
doing so is a development agreement.
Colorado statutes specifically allow cities
and counties within the state to enter into
d e velopment agreements obligating bo t h
the government and the la n d owner to
carry out certain actions in order to “ve s t ”
a preferred development plan for a desig-
nated pe r i od of time. De velopment agree-
ments can give the la n d owner more cer-
tainty that the government will not act to
d e lay or deny the development activity for
a pe r i od longer than the statutory pe r i od
of three years. In return, the local gove r n-
ment can ask the la n d owner to design and
o perate the proposed development in way s
t hat will protect or even enhance the exist-
ing wildlife habitat on the prope r t y.
Because they are negotiated on a project-
by-project basis, development agreements
can be an effective site scale tool for ha b i-
tat protection.
![Page 204: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/204.jpg)
1 See Christopher J. Duerksen and Richard J. Roddewig, Taking Law in Plain English, The
American Resources Information Network, 1994.
2 49 U.S.C. 303.
3 33 U.S.C. 1251 et. seq.
4 See David Salvesen, "Banking on Wetlands", Urban Land (June 1993).
5 7 CFR 703.
6 7 CFR 704 (1985-1990); 7 CFR 1410 (1990-1995).
7 Arthur Allen, "Agricultural Ecosystems" in Our Living Resources, U.S. Department of the
Interior, National Biological Service, Washington, DC 1995.
8 110 Stat. 888; April 4, 1996.
9 Bruce A. Stein, "Significance of Federal Lands for Endangered Species" in Our Living
Resources, U.S. De partment of the Interior, National Biological Service, Washington DC 1995.
10 See Bruce Blanchard, Wildlife in a Changing World: Urban Challenges for the Fish and
Wildlife Service, in Wildlife Conservation in Metropolitan Environments 15, (Lowell W.
Adams and Daniel L. Leedy, eds., Nat. Inst. for Urban Wildlife 1990)
11 See J. David Almand, A New Era for Fish and Wildlife in the BLM, in Wildlife
Conservation in Metropolitan Environments 21, (Lowell W. Adams and Daniel L. Leedy,
eds., Nat. Inst. for Urban Wildlife 1990)
12 Article XXVII, Colo. Constitution; C.R.S. 33-60-101 et. seq.
13 See, Colorado Private Land Habitat Programs, Colorado Division of Wildlife, April 1996.
1 4 See Steven J. Bissell et. al., The Use of Zoning Ordinances in the Protection and De ve l o p m e n t
of Wildlife Habitat, in Integrating Man and Nature in the Metropolitan Environment 37,
( L owell W. Adams and Daniel L. Leedy, eds., Nat. Inst. for Ur ban Wildlife 1986)
15 Robert E. Coughlin, Diana C. Mendes, and Ann L. Strong, Private Trees and Public
Interest: Programs for Protecting and Planting Trees in Metropolitan Areas, Research
Report Series No. 10, University of Pennsylvania Department of City and Regional
Planning (1984).
16 See Michael A. Aurelia, The Role of Wetland Regulation in Preserving Wildlife Habitat in
Suburban Environments, in Integrating Man and Nature in the Metropolitan
Environment 213, (Lowell W. Adams and Daniel L. Leedy, eds., Nat. Inst. for Urban
Wildlife 1986).
17 Linda Sikorowski, Steven J. Bissell, and Jim Jones, "Conservation Techniques in Land
![Page 205: Pikes Peak Multi Use Plan](https://reader035.vdocument.in/reader035/viewer/2022062413/586a313f1a28ab357d8bec90/html5/thumbnails/205.jpg)
Conversions" in County Government and Wildlife Management" A Guide to Cooperative
Habitat Development, Linda Sikorowski and Steven J. Bissell, ed., Colorado Division of
Wildlife (Denver, 1986).
18 Ibid., pages X28-X29.
19 Ibid., pages X22-X24.
20 See John L. Lyle and Ronald D. Quinn, Ecological Corridors in Urban Southern
California, in Wildlife Conservation in Metropolitan Environments 105, (Lowell W. Adams
and Daniel L. Leedy, eds., Nat. Inst. for Urban Wildlife 1990).